WO2023024823A1 - Communication system, method and apparatus applied to electric tool, and electric tool - Google Patents

Communication system, method and apparatus applied to electric tool, and electric tool Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023024823A1
WO2023024823A1 PCT/CN2022/108776 CN2022108776W WO2023024823A1 WO 2023024823 A1 WO2023024823 A1 WO 2023024823A1 CN 2022108776 W CN2022108776 W CN 2022108776W WO 2023024823 A1 WO2023024823 A1 WO 2023024823A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
electric tool
connection
external device
charger
information
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2022/108776
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
胡云峰
Original Assignee
南京泉峰科技有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 南京泉峰科技有限公司 filed Critical 南京泉峰科技有限公司
Priority to CN202280011100.7A priority Critical patent/CN117837180A/en
Publication of WO2023024823A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023024823A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/80Services using short range communication, e.g. near-field communication [NFC], radio-frequency identification [RFID] or low energy communication

Definitions

  • the embodiments of the present application relate to the technical field of communication, for example, to a communication system, a communication method, a device, and an electric tool applied to an electric tool.
  • Electric tools can greatly reduce labor intensity, improve work efficiency, and realize the mechanization of manual operation.
  • Controlling the electric tool through the external device can greatly improve the convenience of operation, but before controlling the electric tool through the external device, it is necessary to establish a communication connection between the electric tool and the external device. Therefore, how to realize the fast connection between the electric tool and the external equipment is an urgent problem to be solved.
  • Embodiments of the present application provide a communication system, a communication method, a device, and an electric tool applied to an electric tool, which can realize quick connection between the electric tool and external equipment.
  • the technical solution is as follows:
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system applied to an electric tool, the system includes: an external device, an electric tool, and the electric tool is provided with a first electronic tag;
  • the first electronic tag is configured to send connection information of the electric tool to the external device in response to the external device approaching the first electronic tag;
  • the external device is configured to send a first connection request to the electric tool based on the connection information of the electric tool;
  • the electric tool is configured to establish a connection with the external device in response to the first connection request.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system applied to a charger of an electric tool, the system includes: an external device, a charger of the electric tool, and the charger of the electric tool is provided with a second electronic tag ;
  • the second electronic tag is configured to send connection information of the charger to the external device in response to the external device approaching the second electronic tag;
  • the external device is configured to send a second connection request to the charger based on the connection information of the charger;
  • the charger is configured to establish a connection with the external device in response to the second connection request.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a communication system of a gateway device
  • the system includes: a gateway device and an electric tool, the electric tool is provided with a third electronic tag;
  • the third electronic tag is configured to send connection information of the electric tool to the gateway device in response to the gateway device approaching the third electronic tag;
  • the gateway device is configured to send a third connection request to the electric tool based on the connection information of the electric tool;
  • the electric tool is configured to establish a connection with the gateway device in response to the third connection request.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method for an electric tool, where the electric tool is provided with a first electronic tag, and the first electronic tag stores connection information of the electric tool, and the method includes:
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method for an external device, the method including:
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method for a charger of an electric tool, the charger of the electric tool is provided with a second electronic tag, and the second electronic tag stores the charger of the electric tool connection information, the method includes:
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method for an external device, the method including:
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method for an electric tool, the electric tool is provided with a third electronic tag, and the third electronic tag stores connection information of the electric tool, and the method includes:
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method for a gateway device, the method including:
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device for an electric tool, the electric tool is provided with a first electronic tag, and the first electronic tag stores connection information of the electric tool, and the device includes:
  • a request receiving unit configured to receive a first connection request sent by an external device based on the connection information of the electric tool
  • a connection establishing unit configured to establish a connection with the external device in response to the first connection request.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device for an external device, and the device includes:
  • An information acquisition unit configured to be close to the first electronic tag provided on the electric tool, to obtain connection information of the electric tool
  • a request sending unit configured to send a first connection request to the electric tool based on the connection information of the electric tool
  • a connection establishment unit is configured to establish a connection with the electric tool.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device for a charger of an electric tool, the charger of the electric tool is provided with a second electronic tag, and the second electronic tag stores the charger of the electric tool
  • the connection information for the device includes:
  • a request receiving unit configured to receive a second connection request sent by an external device based on the connection information of the charger
  • a connection establishing unit configured to establish a connection with the external device in response to the second connection request.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device for an external device, and the device includes:
  • the information acquisition unit is configured to be close to the second electronic label provided on the charger of the electric tool, and acquire the connection information of the charger;
  • a request sending unit configured to send a second connection request to the charger based on the connection information of the charger
  • a connection establishing unit configured to establish a connection with the charger.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device for an electric tool, the electric tool is provided with a third electronic tag, and the third electronic tag stores connection information of the electric tool, and the device includes:
  • a request receiving unit configured to receive a third connection request sent by the gateway device based on the connection information of the electric tool
  • a connection establishing unit configured to establish a connection with the gateway device in response to the third connection request.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device for a gateway device, where the device includes:
  • An information acquisition unit configured to be close to the third electronic tag provided on the electric tool, to obtain the connection information of the electric tool
  • a request sending unit configured to send a third connection request to the electric tool based on the connection information of the electric tool
  • a connection establishment unit is configured to establish a connection with the electric tool.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an electric tool, the electric tool includes a processor and a memory, and the memory stores at least one instruction, at least one program, a code set or an instruction set, and the at least one instruction, The at least one program, the code set or the instruction set is loaded and executed by the processor to implement the communication method of the electric tool as described in the above aspects.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an external device, the external device includes a processor and a memory, and the memory stores at least one instruction, at least one program, a code set or an instruction set, and the at least one instruction, The at least one program, the code set or the instruction set is loaded and executed by the processor to implement the communication method of the external device as described in the above aspects.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a charger for an electric tool, the charger includes a processor and a memory, and the memory stores at least one instruction, at least one program, a code set or an instruction set, and the at least An instruction, the at least one program, the code set or the instruction set are loaded and executed by the processor to implement the communication method for the charger of the electric tool as described in the above aspects.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an external device, the external device includes a processor and a memory, and the memory stores at least one instruction, at least one program, a code set or an instruction set, and the at least one instruction, The at least one program, the code set or the instruction set is loaded and executed by the processor to implement the communication method of the external device as described in the above aspects.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides an electric tool, the electric tool includes a processor and a memory, and the memory stores at least one instruction, at least one program, a code set or an instruction set, and the at least one instruction, The at least one program, the code set or the instruction set is loaded and executed by the processor to implement the communication method of the electric tool as described in the above aspects.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a gateway device, the gateway device includes a processor and a memory, the memory stores at least one instruction, at least one program, a code set, or an instruction set, and the at least one instruction, The at least one program, the code set or the instruction set is loaded and executed by the processor to implement the communication method of the gateway device as described in the above aspects.
  • Fig. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system applied to an electric tool provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • Fig. 2 is a schematic diagram of a communication system applied to an electric tool provided by another embodiment of the present application;
  • Fig. 3 is a schematic diagram of a communication system applied to an electric tool provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 4 is a schematic diagram of a communication system applied to an electric tool provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 5 is a schematic diagram of a communication system applied to an electric tool provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 6 is a schematic diagram of a communication system applied to a charger of an electric tool provided by an embodiment of the present application;
  • Fig. 7 is a schematic diagram of a communication system applied to a charger of an electric tool provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 8 is a schematic diagram of a communication system applied to a charger of an electric tool provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 9 is a schematic diagram of a communication system applied to a charger of an electric tool provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 10 is a schematic diagram of a communication system applied to a charger of an electric tool provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a communication system of a gateway device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 12 is a flowchart of a communication method of an electric tool provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 13 is a flowchart of a communication method for an electric tool provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 14 is a flowchart of a communication method for an electric tool provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 15 is a flowchart of a communication method of an electric tool provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 16 is a flowchart of a communication method for an electric tool provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 17 is a flowchart of a communication method for an electric tool provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 18 is a flowchart of a communication method for a charger of an electric tool provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 19 is a flowchart of a communication method for an electric tool provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 20 is a block diagram of a communication device of an electric tool provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 21 is a block diagram of a communication device for an external device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 22 is a block diagram of a communication device of a charger of an electric tool provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 23 is a block diagram of a communication device of an external device provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 24 is a block diagram of a communication device of an electric tool provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 25 is a block diagram of a communication device of a gateway device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 1 shows a schematic diagram of a communication system applied to an electric tool provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the system 100 includes: an external device 110 , an electric tool 120 , and a first electronic tag 121 is arranged on the electric tool 120 .
  • External device 110 refers to a device connected to electric tool 120 .
  • the external device 110 may be configured to control the electric tool 120 , for example, the external device 110 may be configured to control working parameters of the electric tool 120 (eg, rotation speed, working duration, working depth, working position, etc.).
  • the external device 110 can be a mobile terminal, and the mobile terminal can be a mobile phone, a smart wearable device (for example, a smart watch, a smart bracelet, etc.), a tablet computer or a control terminal (the control terminal refers to a user terminal produced by an electric tool manufacturer).
  • the type of the external device 110 is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • working parameters of different types of electric tools 120 may be different.
  • the working parameters described above are only exemplary and can be set according to actual application scenarios. The application does not limit the type and number of working parameters.
  • the electric tool 120 includes a housing, a motor, an output shaft and a switch system.
  • the housing is formed with an accommodation chamber for setting the motor
  • the motor is disposed in the accommodation chamber formed by the housing
  • the output shaft is configured to rotate to output power
  • the switch system is configured to be operated by the user to control the electric tool, for example, the switch system can control the following At least one item: the start of the motor, the direction of the motor, etc.
  • the structure shown in the embodiment of the present application does not constitute a limitation to the electric tool.
  • the electric tool may also include more or fewer components than those described above, or combine certain components, or split certain components, or arrange different components, which is not made in this embodiment of the present application. limited.
  • Power tools 120 include, but are not limited to: chain saws, electric drills, circular saws, hammer drills, angle grinders, snowplows, lawn trimmers, reciprocating saws, and the like.
  • the electric tool 120 is provided with a first electronic tag 121 .
  • the first electronic tag 121 includes an NFC (Near Field Communication, near field communication) tag or an RFID (Radio Frequency Identification, radio frequency identification) tag.
  • the first electronic label 121 on the electric tool 120 is set on the electric tool 120 before the electric tool 120 leaves the factory.
  • the first electronic label 121 can be affixed in the electric tool 120, for example, the first electronic label 121 can be affixed on the casing of the electric tool 120 (for example, the handle casing, the battery pack casing, the base casing) Body or other casings, etc.), at this time, the outer area of the housing corresponding to the attachment area of the first electronic tag 121 can be provided with a prompt label, and the prompt label is used to remind that the area is provided with the first electronic tag 121, The user can bring the external device 110 close to this area to realize the connection between the power tool 120 and the external device 110 .
  • the first electronic label 121 can be attached outside the electric tool 120 , for example, the first electronic label 121 can be attached outside the casing of the electric tool 120 .
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the installation position of the first electronic tag 121 on the electric tool 120 , and the first electronic tag 121 may be installed at any position of the electric tool 120 that is convenient for the external device 110 to approach.
  • the first electronic label 121 on the electric tool 120 is set on the electric tool 120 after the electric tool 120 leaves the factory.
  • the first electronic label 121 can be pasted on the electric tool 120 by a user or a manufacturer.
  • the external device 110 can obtain a tag ID (Identification, identification) of the first electronic tag 121 through the first electronic tag 121, and the tag ID of the first electronic tag 121 is used to uniquely identify the first electronic tag 121.
  • the user can configure the correspondence between the tag ID of the first electronic tag 121 and the connection information of the electric tool 120 , so that the tag ID can correspond to the electric tool 120 .
  • the first electronic tag includes an NFC tag, and there is no communication interface between the first electronic tag 121 and the electric tool 120 , in this case, the first electronic tag may be a passive tag.
  • the external device 110 includes an NFC module.
  • the NFC module of the external device 110 can obtain the connection information of the electric tool 120 , so as to establish a connection with the electric tool 120 based on the connection information.
  • the NFC module of the external device 110 being close to the first electronic tag 121 means that the distance between the NFC module of the external device 110 and the first electronic tag 121 is smaller than a preset threshold.
  • the preset threshold may be 10 cm, 20 cm or other values. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the value of the preset threshold, which may be set by a technician.
  • electronic tags can be divided into three categories: passive tags, semi-active tags and active tags.
  • Passive tags There is no internal power supply in passive tags. When the passive tag is approached by the communication module of the external device, it can receive the electromagnetic wave sent by the communication module. The internal integrated circuit of the passive tag is driven by the received electromagnetic wave signal. When the passive tag receives an electromagnetic wave signal of sufficient strength, it can send the data stored in the passive tag to the communication module.
  • Semi-active tags work in a similar way to passive tags. The difference is that the semi-active tag includes a small battery, and the power of the small battery is enough to drive the internal integrated circuit of the semi-active tag, so that the integrated circuit is in a working state. Due to the aforementioned small battery included in semi-active tags, semi-active tags respond faster than passive tags.
  • Active tags include an internal power supply, which is used to supply the power required by the internal integrated circuits to generate external signals. Generally speaking, active tags allow communication over a longer distance, and active tags have a larger storage space, which can be used to store data transmitted from communication modules of other electronic devices.
  • the first electronic tag 121 in the embodiment of the present application may be any one of the above-mentioned passive tags, semi-active tags or active tags.
  • the first electronic tag 121 is generally a passive tag.
  • the first electronic tag 121 is configured to send connection information of the electric tool 120 to the external device 110 in response to the external device 110 approaching the first electronic tag 121 .
  • the first electronic tag 121 can determine whether the external device 110 is close to itself by sensing the electromagnetic wave intensity of the external device 110, for example, when the first electronic tag 121 senses that the electromagnetic wave intensity of the external device 110 is higher than a preset intensity, The first electronic tag 121 determines that the external device 110 is close to itself.
  • the external device 110 is set close to the first electronic tag 121 to acquire the connection information of the electric tool 120 .
  • the external device 110 approaching the first electronic tag 121 means that the distance between the external device 110 and the first electronic tag 121 is smaller than a preset threshold, which can be set by a technician.
  • the preset threshold can be 10 cm or 20 cm, etc., which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the external device 110 may approach the prompt tag, so as to approach the first electronic tag 121 .
  • the external device 110 can touch the first electronic tag 121 to obtain the connection information of the electric tool 120; optionally, the external device 110 can scan the first electronic tag 121 to obtain the connection information of the electric tool 120 information.
  • the external device 110 is configured to send a first connection request to the electric tool 120 based on the connection information of the electric tool 120 .
  • the first electronic tag 121 stores the connection information of the electric tool 120 , and when the external device 110 approaches the first electronic tag 121 , the first electronic tag 121 will send the stored connection information of the electric tool 120 to the external device 110 .
  • the connection information of the electric tool 120 is used to indicate the connection parameters that the electric tool 120 is connected with other devices.
  • the connection information of the electric tool 120 may include at least one of the following: the Bluetooth address of the electric tool 120, the WiFi (Wireless Fidelity , Wi-Fi) information, identification information of the electric tool 120 .
  • the external device 110 may send a first connection request to the electric tool 120 based on the connection information of the electric tool 120 in the first electronic tag 121 , the first connection request is used for the external device 110 to request to establish a connection with the electric tool 120 .
  • the electric tool 120 is configured to establish a connection with the external device 110 in response to the first connection request.
  • the electric tool 120 After receiving the first connection request, the electric tool 120 establishes a connection with the external device 110 in response to the first connection request. Exemplarily, the electric tool 120 sends a first connection response to the electric tool 120 in response to the first connection request, and the external device 110 receives the first connection response and determines to establish a connection with the electric tool 120 .
  • the user only needs to bring the external device 110 close to the first electronic tag 121 to obtain the connection information of the electric tool 120, so as to establish a connection with the electric tool 120 based on the connection information of the electric tool 120.
  • One-button smart connection is realized, and the external device 110 and the first electronic tag 121 are touched or scanned to realize the quick connection between the electric tool 120 and the external device 110, the operation is simple, and the connection speed is fast.
  • This application can quickly bind the electric tool with the user based on the connection information of the electric tool.
  • connection information of the electric tool 120 stored in the first electronic tag 121 is encrypted information, and a decryption key is pre-stored in the external device 110. After obtaining the connection information of the electric tool 120, the decryption key is The key decrypts the connection information of the electric tool 120 to obtain the decrypted connection information of the electric tool 120 ; and then establishes a connection with the electric tool 120 based on the decrypted connection information of the electric tool 120 .
  • the first electronic tag 121 also stores the identification information of the decryption algorithm
  • the external device 110 stores a preset correspondence
  • the preset correspondence includes at least one decryption algorithm identification information and the decryption algorithm Correspondence.
  • the external device 110 obtains the connection information of the encrypted electric tool 120 and the identification information of the decryption algorithm; the external device 110 determines the decryption algorithm according to the preset correspondence; based on the decryption algorithm, the encrypted electric tool 120
  • the connection information is decrypted to obtain the decrypted connection information of the electric tool 120 ; and based on the decrypted connection information of the electric tool 120 , a connection is established with the electric tool 120 .
  • the device information of the electric tool 120 may also be stored in the first electronic tag 121 , and the device information of the electric tool 120 is used to indicate the basic information of the electric tool 120 .
  • the device information of the electric tool 120 includes at least one of the following items: the serial number of the electric tool 120 , the model information of the electric tool 120 , the date of manufacture of the electric tool 120 and the like.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the content of information stored in the first electronic tag 121 , which can be written by technicians according to requirements.
  • the external device 110 can obtain the device information of the electric tool 120 by approaching the first electronic tag 121, thereby adding the electric tool 120 to the device list.
  • the device list can refer to a list of all electric tools connected to the external device 110, and the user The equipment information of a certain electric tool can be obtained by querying the equipment list.
  • the data stored in the first electronic tag 121 can be changed, for example, a technician can change the data in the first electronic tag 121 through a tag data changing device, and the tag data changing device can be installed with Tag data modification program, technicians can modify the data in the first electronic tag 121 through the tag data modification program, the tag data modification device refers to the device used to modify the data stored in the electronic tag, the tag data modification program Refers to the application program used to make changes to the data stored in the transponder.
  • the information stored in the first electronic tag 121 can be written according to data storage rules, and the data storage rules include corresponding rules of field contents, field storage intervals and field sizes of each field.
  • Data storage rules can be set by technicians.
  • the external device 110 if the external device 110 cannot read the data stored in the first electronic tag 121 , the external device 110 displays abnormal information, and the abnormal information is used to prompt that the first electronic tag 121 is abnormal.
  • the external device by bringing the external device close to the electronic tag, the external device can obtain the connection information of the electric tool, and then the external device can establish a connection with the electric tool based on the connection information of the electric tool. Connection, this application only needs to bring the external device and the electronic tag close to realize the one-key intelligent connection between the electric tool and the external device, the operation is simple and the connection speed is fast.
  • the external device 110 may directly and automatically establish a connection with the electric tool 120, that is, directly establish a connection with the electric tool 120 without confirmation from the user.
  • the external device 110 may establish a connection with the electric tool 120 after the user confirms.
  • the scheme of establishing connection between the external device 110 and the electric tool 120 after confirmation with the user will be described below.
  • the external device 110 is also set close to the first electronic label 121, and if the first application program is not installed in the external device 110, obtain the download link of the first application program; based on the download link, Download the first app.
  • the first application program can be any application program, and the first application program can be used to control the working parameters of the electric tool 120 .
  • the first application program may be a system-level application program or a third-party application program, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the first electronic tag 121 when the external device 110 is close to the first electronic tag 121, the first electronic tag 121 will send all the data stored inside to the external device 110, the above data includes the connection information of the electric tool 120 and the first application Program download link.
  • the external device 110 determines that the first application program is not installed, it obtains the download link from the above data.
  • the external device 110 automatically downloads the installation package of the first application program through the download link, and automatically installs the first application program after the installation package download is completed, and completes the relevant registration and login of the first application program; in another example Among them, after the external device 110 obtains the download link, it displays the application installation prompt information, and the application installation prompt information is used to prompt whether to install the first application program; in response to receiving a confirmation instruction for the application installation prompt information, the external device 110 downloads the Link to download the installation package of the first application program, and the confirmation instruction refers to the instruction for confirming the installation of the first application program; the external device 110 installs the first application program after the installation package download is completed, and completes the relevant registration and login of the first application program .
  • the first application program will automatically jump to display the user interface of the first application program.
  • the external device 110 is also set close to the first electronic tag 121 , and when the first application program is installed in the external device 110 , displays the user interface of the first application program.
  • the external device 110 when the first application program is installed in the external device 110, after the external device 110 approaches the first electronic tag 121, the external device 110 will display the user interface of the first application program, for example, the external device 110 will Displaying the home page interface of the first application program, the home page interface refers to the interface displayed by the first application program when the user manually opens the first application program.
  • the displayed user interface of the first application program can also be other interfaces, which can be set by technicians according to requirements. Examples are not limited to this.
  • the external device 110 is further configured to send a first connection request to the electric tool 120 based on the connection information of the electric tool 120 in response to a connection instruction triggered by the user interface of the first application program, the connection instruction is Refers to an instruction for establishing a connection between the electric power tool 120 and the external device 110 .
  • a connection control is displayed on the user interface of the first application program, and the connection control refers to a control for establishing a connection between the external device 110 and the electric tool 120; in response to receiving a touch operation on the connection control, The external device 110 determines to receive a connection instruction triggered by the user interface of the first application; the external device 110 sends a first connection request to the electric tool 120 based on the connection information of the electric tool 120 . Then, the electric tool 120 establishes a connection with the external device 110 in response to the first connection request.
  • the external device 110 sends a connection request to the electric tool 120 only after receiving the connection instruction, so as to establish a connection with the electric tool 120, which can effectively prevent the user from accidentally touching the external device 110 and the electric tool 120 This results in a situation where the electric power tool 120 is automatically connected to the external device 110 .
  • the external device 110 is further configured to not send the first connection request to the electric tool 120 in response to the cancel connection instruction triggered by the user interface of the first application program. An instruction for the tool 120 to establish a connection with the external device 110 .
  • the user can trigger a cancel connection command on the user interface of the first application program, thereby effectively preventing the user from connecting the external device 110 with the first electronic tag 121.
  • the first application program can be used to control the electric tool 120 connected with the external device 110 .
  • the external device 110 can establish a connection with multiple electric tools 120, and the tool types of the multiple electric tools 120 can be the same or different, or partly the same or partly inconsistent, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the first application program may control the multiple electric tools at the same time, or control each electric tool independently, or control some electric tools.
  • the user can pre-set the working parameters of each electric tool in the first application program, and when the multiple electric tools are in the working state, the user can touch the first control in the user interface of the first application program,
  • the first control refers to a control for controlling multiple electric tools.
  • the above-mentioned multiple electric tools can work according to their preset working parameters; when only some of the above-mentioned multiple electric tools are in the working state, the user can touch the
  • the second control controls the above-mentioned part of the electric tools.
  • the second control refers to the control used to control some of the electric tools.
  • the above-mentioned part of the electric tools can work according to their preset working parameters.
  • the external device 110 When the trigger command for the second control is received, the external device 110 will first determine some of the electric tools in the working state among the above-mentioned multiple electric tools, and then send the respective working parameters of the above-mentioned partial electric tools to the corresponding electric tools; , when a certain electric tool is in working state, and the user wants to set the working parameters of the electric tool, at this time, the user can set the working parameters of the electric tool in the user interface of the first application program, and click
  • the third control controls the electric tool, and the third control refers to a control used to control a certain electric tool.
  • the server After the connection between the electric tool and the external device is established, the server will store the corresponding relationship between the electric tool and the external device.
  • the corresponding relationship between the electric tool and the external device may include: the identification information (for example, serial number) of the electric tool and the user account corresponding to the external device (That is, the user account logged in by the first application program in the external device).
  • the server may be a background server of the first application program, and the background server of the first application program may be a server used by a manufacturer of the electric tool.
  • the electric tool When the electric tool is paired for the first time (the first pairing refers to establishing a connection with an external device for the first time), the electric tool directly establishes a connection with the external device; when the electric tool is not paired for the first time, the external The device sends a pairing request to the server, which is used to request to establish a connection with the electric tool; in response to the pairing request, the server determines whether the external device has the authority to establish a connection with the electric tool; in response to the external device having the authority to establish a connection with the electric tool , the external device can send the first connection request to the electric tool; in response to the fact that the external device does not have the authority to establish a connection with the electric tool, the external device cannot send the first connection request to the electric tool.
  • the server determines whether the external device has the authority to establish a connection with the electric tool; in response to the external device having the authority to establish a connection with the electric tool , the external device can send the first connection request to the electric tool; in response to the fact
  • the server may determine whether the external device sending the pairing request has the authority to establish a connection with the electric tool based on the wireless network connected to the external device bound to the electric tool and the wireless network connected to the external device sending the pairing request . If the wireless network connected to the external device bound to the electric tool is the same as the wireless network connected to the external device sending the pairing request, it is determined that the external device sending the pairing request has the authority to establish a connection with the electric tool; if the external device bound to the electric tool If the wireless network connected to the device is inconsistent with the wireless network connected to the external device sending the pairing request, it is determined that the external device sending the pairing request does not have the authority to establish a connection with the electric tool.
  • the pairing request carries the identification information of the wireless network, and the identification information of the wireless network is used to uniquely identify the wireless network; the server also stores the identification information of the wireless network when the user registers and logs in using the first application program in the external device. The server can determine whether the wireless networks are consistent by comparing the identification information.
  • the identification information of the wireless network may be SSID (Service Set Identifier, service area identifier).
  • the server receives a pairing request from the first external device, it sends a request to the second external device ( An external device that has established a connection with the electric tool, and is the external device that the electric tool has established a connection for the first time) sends an authorization authentication request, and the authorization authentication request is used to request to confirm whether the first external device has the authorization to establish a connection with the electric tool;
  • the second external device displays permission authentication prompt information in response to the permission authentication request, and the permission authentication prompt information is used to prompt the user to confirm whether the first external device has the permission to establish a connection with the electric tool; in one example, the second external device receives For the confirmation instruction of the authority authentication prompt information, send an authority confirmation message to the server, the confirmation instruction refers to an instruction to determine that the first external device has the authority to establish a connection with the electric tool, and the authority confirmation message is used to indicate that the first external device has the
  • the authority of the tool to establish a connection allows the first external device to establish a connection with the electric tool in response to receiving the authority confirmation message;
  • Sending a permission deny message refers to an instruction for determining that the first external device does not have the permission to establish a connection with the electric tool, and the permission deny message is used to indicate that the first external device does not have the permission to establish a connection with the electric tool;
  • the server responds to receiving Upon receiving a permission deny message, the first external device is not allowed to establish a connection with the electric tool.
  • the electric tool 120 includes a first wireless communication module 122
  • the external device 110 includes a second wireless communication module 111 .
  • the first wireless communication module 122 refers to a module for realizing a wireless communication function
  • the second wireless communication module 111 refers to a module for realizing a wireless communication function.
  • the first wireless communication module 122 may also be called a first wireless communication functional block
  • the second wireless communication module 111 may also be called a second wireless communication functional block.
  • the external device 110 is configured to send a first connection request to the first wireless communication module 122 through the second wireless communication module 111 based on the connection information of the electric tool 120.
  • the electric tool 120 is configured to establish a wireless connection with the second wireless communication module 111 through the first wireless communication module 122 in response to the first connection request.
  • the communication mode corresponding to the first wireless communication module 122 is consistent with the communication mode corresponding to the second wireless communication module 111.
  • the communication mode includes any of the following: Bluetooth communication, WiFi communication, Zigbee communication, UWB ( Ultra Wide Band, ultra-wide band) communication, infrared communication.
  • the communication mode corresponding to the first wireless communication module 122 is Bluetooth communication
  • the communication mode corresponding to the second wireless communication module 111 is also Bluetooth communication.
  • the first wireless communication module 122 and the second wireless communication module 111 are Bluetooth communication module; for another example, when the communication mode corresponding to the first wireless communication module 122 is WiFi communication, the communication mode corresponding to the second wireless communication module 111 is also WiFi communication.
  • the first wireless communication module 122 and the second The wireless communication module 111 is a WiFi communication module.
  • the communication function corresponding to the second wireless communication module 111 in the external device 110 needs to be turned on
  • the communication function corresponding to the first wireless communication module 122 in the electric tool 120 needs to be turned on; if not turned on, the corresponding communication function is automatically turned on.
  • the communication mode corresponding to the first wireless communication module 122 is Bluetooth communication
  • the communication mode corresponding to the second wireless communication module 111 is also Bluetooth communication
  • the external device 110 and the electric tool 120 need to enable the Bluetooth function.
  • the power tool 120 can establish a Bluetooth connection with the external device 110 .
  • the solution of establishing a Bluetooth connection between the electric tool 120 and the external device 110 will be described.
  • the connection information of the power tool 120 includes a Bluetooth address of the power tool 120 .
  • the first wireless communication module 122 includes a first Bluetooth module 122a
  • the second wireless communication module 111 includes a second Bluetooth module 111a.
  • the external device 110 is configured to send a first Bluetooth connection request to the first Bluetooth module 122a through the second Bluetooth module 111a based on the Bluetooth address of the electric tool 120, and the first connection request includes the first Bluetooth connection request.
  • the Bluetooth address of the electric tool 120 is used to uniquely identify the Bluetooth module of the electric tool 120 (ie, the above-mentioned first Bluetooth module).
  • the Bluetooth address of the electric tool 120 may include a Bluetooth MAC (Media Access Control, Media Access Control) address.
  • the external device 110 After the external device 110 acquires the Bluetooth address of the electric tool, it may send a first Bluetooth connection request to the external device 120 based on the Bluetooth address.
  • the first Bluetooth connection request sent by the second Bluetooth module 111 to the first Bluetooth module 122 can be understood as a directional connection request.
  • the electric tool 120 is configured to establish a connection with the second Bluetooth module 111a through the first Bluetooth module 122a in response to the first Bluetooth connection request.
  • the Bluetooth function of the electric tool 120 and the external device 110 needs to be turned on, and the external device 110 and the electric tool 120 can independently detect whether their own Bluetooth function is turned on, If not enabled, the Bluetooth function will be automatically enabled.
  • the electric tool 120 also includes a first WiFi module 123 , therefore, the electric tool 120 can also be networked, that is, establish a connection with a router.
  • the external device 110 is further configured to send networking information to the first Bluetooth module 122a through the second Bluetooth module 111a, where the networking information is used to indicate configuration parameters of the router.
  • the networking information includes at least one of the following: the SSID of the router, the PWD (Pass Word, access password) of the router, the IP (Internet Protocol, Internet Protocol) address of the router, the frequency band identifier of the router, and the like.
  • the band ID of the router is used to indicate the bands supported by the router (2.4G, 2.4G and 5G).
  • the external device 110 After the external device 110 establishes a Bluetooth connection with the electric tool 120, the external device 110 can transmit data to the electric tool 120 through the second Bluetooth module 111a. Therefore, the external device 110 can send networking information to the electric tool 120 through the second Bluetooth module 111a.
  • the electric tool 120 establishes a connection with the router based on the networking information.
  • the first Bluetooth module 122a and the first WiFi module 123 are integrated into one component, and data can be shared between them. After the first Bluetooth module 122a receives the networking information, the first WiFi module 123 establishes a connection with the router based on the networking information.
  • the external device 110 may only have a Bluetooth module instead of a WiFi module, so that the electric tool 120 can establish a connection with the router, but the electric tool 120 needs to have both a Bluetooth module and a WiFi module.
  • the networking information may be plaintext information or encrypted information, and is generally encrypted information.
  • the decryption key can be built in the electric tool 120, or it can be introduced from the outside.
  • a decryption key is stored in the electric tool 120, and after obtaining the networking information from the external device 110, the above-mentioned encrypted networking information is decrypted by the decryption key to obtain the decrypted networking information; based on the decrypted networking information , to establish a connection with the router.
  • the external device 110 sends the networking information (SSID and PWD) of several frequency bands of the router to the electric tool 120 , including the networking information of the 2.4G frequency band.
  • the networking information sent by the external device 110 may identify a corresponding frequency band (frequency band identifier).
  • the electric tool 120 identifies from the networking information, or obtains matching networking information through heuristics, and connects to the router. For example, if the frequency band of the electric tool 120 is 2.4G, the external device 110 can effectively establish a connection by sending the networking information (SSID and PWD) corresponding to 2.4G to the electric tool 120 .
  • the electric tool 120 can communicate with the server.
  • the external device 110 may send a relevant operation instruction to the server through the first application program, so that the server sends the relevant operation instruction to the electric tool 120 .
  • the electric tool 120 can also report the data to the server.
  • the server after the server receives the relevant operation instructions from the external device 110, it encrypts the relevant operation instructions to obtain the encrypted relevant operation instructions; the server sends the encrypted relevant operation instructions to the electric tool 120 ; After receiving the encrypted related operation instruction, the electric tool parses the encrypted related operation instruction through the security key, and executes the related operation instruction.
  • the security key may be pre-stored in the electric tool 120; or, the server sends the ID of the encryption algorithm to the electric tool; the electric tool 120 determines the encryption algorithm according to the stored preset correspondence; the electric tool 120 determines the encryption algorithm based on the encryption algorithm A security key is generated, the ID of the encryption algorithm is used to uniquely identify the encryption algorithm, and the preset correspondence includes at least one correspondence between the ID of the encryption algorithm and the encryption algorithm.
  • the external device 110 can communicate with the server through a wired network or a wireless network. ), WiFi and other networks to communicate with the server.
  • the first application program may display a prompt message, the prompt message is used to prompt that the power tool is online and the remote configuration operation of the power tool can be performed.
  • the decryption algorithm used for the connection information of the above-mentioned electric tool 120 may be the same decryption algorithm, or a different decryption algorithm, which is implemented in this application.
  • This example is not limited, and it can be set by technicians according to actual needs.
  • the power tool 120 can establish a WiFi connection with the external device 110 .
  • the scheme of establishing a WiFi connection between the electric tool 120 and the external device 110 will be described.
  • the connection information of the power tool 120 includes WiFi information of the power tool 120 .
  • the first wireless communication module 122 includes a first WiFi module 123
  • the second wireless communication module 111 includes a second WiFi module 112 .
  • the external device 110 is configured to send a first wireless connection request to the first WiFi module 123 through the second WiFi module 112 based on the WiFi information of the electric tool 120 , where the first connection request includes the first wireless connection request.
  • the electric tool 120 is configured to establish a connection with the second WiFi module 112 through the first WiFi module 123 in response to the first wireless connection request.
  • the WiFi information is information of a hidden WiFi network created by the first WiFi module.
  • the hidden WiFi network will not actively broadcast, the power consumption is small, and the user cannot see the WiFi name.
  • the WiFi information includes at least one of the following information: SSID (Service Set Identifier, service area identifier) of the electric tool 120, PWD (Pass Word, access password) of the electric tool 120, frequency band identifier of the electric tool 120, and the like.
  • the frequency band identification of the electric tool 120 is used to indicate the frequency bands (2.4G, 2.4G and 5G) supported by the electric tool 120 .
  • the first wireless connection request refers to a request from the external device 110 to establish a wireless connection with the electric tool 120 .
  • the external device 110 is further configured to send networking information to the first WiFi module 123 through the second WiFi module 112, where the networking information is used to indicate configuration parameters of the router.
  • the networking information includes at least one of the following: SSID of the router, PWD of the router, IP address of the router, frequency band identifier of the router, and the like.
  • the band ID of the router is used to indicate the bands supported by the router (2.4G, 2.4G and 5G).
  • the electric tool 120 is also configured to establish a connection with the router based on the networking information.
  • the external device 110 cuts off the connection with the router, and switches the connection to the electric tool 120; the external device 110 sends networking information to the electric tool 120, so that the electric tool 120 establishes a connection with the router, and completes network distribution.
  • the first WiFi module 123 after receiving the networking information, performs internal state transition of the module; and then establishes a connection with the router based on the networking information.
  • the external device 110 may disconnect from the electric tool 120 and restore the connection to the router.
  • the external device 110 disconnects the electric tool 120 and restores the connection with the router.
  • the networking information is encrypted information.
  • a decryption key is stored in the electric tool 120. After obtaining the networking information from the external device 110, the electric tool 120 decrypts the above-mentioned encrypted networking information through the decryption key to obtain decrypted networking information; based on the decrypted networking information, Establish a connection with the router.
  • the external device 110 may also send networking information corresponding to the frequency band identifier of the electric tool 120 to the electric tool 120 based on the frequency band identifier of the electric tool 120 .
  • the networking information corresponding to the frequency band identifier of the electric tool 120 refers to the configuration parameters of the router consistent with the frequency band supported by the electric tool.
  • the frequency band identifier of the electric tool 120 indicates that the frequency band supported by the electric tool 120 is 2.4G, and the external device 110 sends the networking information (SSID and PWD) corresponding to 2.4G to the electric tool 120 .
  • the external device 110 only needs to have a WiFi module
  • the electric tool 120 also only needs to have a WiFi module, so that the electric tool 120 can establish a connection with a wireless network.
  • the electric tool 120 can communicate with the server.
  • the external device 110 may send a relevant operation instruction to the server through the first application program, so that the server sends the relevant operation instruction to the electric tool 120 .
  • the server after the server receives the relevant operation instructions from the external device 110, it encrypts the relevant operation instructions to obtain the encrypted relevant operation instructions; the server sends the encrypted relevant operation instructions to the electric tool 120 ; After receiving the encrypted related operation instruction, the electric tool 120 analyzes the encrypted related operation instruction through the security key, and executes the related operation instruction.
  • the security key can be pre-stored in the electric tool 120; or, the server sends the ID of the encryption algorithm to the electric tool 120; the electric tool 120 determines the encryption algorithm according to the stored preset correspondence; The algorithm generates a security key, the ID of the encryption algorithm is used to uniquely identify the encryption algorithm, and the preset correspondence includes the correspondence between the ID of at least one encryption algorithm and the encryption algorithm.
  • the external device 110 can communicate with the server through a wired network or a wireless network. ), WiFi and other networks to communicate with the server.
  • the first application program may display a prompt message, the prompt message is used to prompt that the power tool is online and the remote configuration operation of the power tool can be performed.
  • the decryption algorithm used for the connection information of the above-mentioned electric tool 120 may be the same decryption algorithm, or a different decryption algorithm, which is implemented in this application.
  • This example is not limited, and it can be set by technicians according to actual needs.
  • the connection information of the electric tool 120 includes the Bluetooth address of the electric tool 120 and the WiFi information of the electric tool 120 .
  • the electric tool 120 includes a first Bluetooth module 122 a and a first WiFi module 123
  • the external device 110 includes a second Bluetooth module 111 a and a second WiFi module 112 .
  • the external device 110 is set close to the first electronic tag 121 to obtain the Bluetooth address of the electric tool 120 and the WiFi information of the electric tool 120 .
  • the external device 110 is further configured to send a first Bluetooth connection request to the first Bluetooth module 122a through the second Bluetooth module 111a based on the Bluetooth address of the electric tool 120 .
  • the electric tool 120 is configured to establish a connection with the second Bluetooth module 111a through the first Bluetooth module 122a in response to the first Bluetooth connection request.
  • the external device 110 is further configured to send a first wireless connection request to the first WiFi module 123 through the second WiFi module 112 based on the WiFi information of the electric tool 120 .
  • the electric tool 120 is further configured to establish a connection with the second WiFi module 112 through the first WiFi module 123 in response to the first wireless connection request.
  • the external device 110 can acquire the Bluetooth address and the WiFi information of the electric tool 120 at the same time.
  • the data stored in the first electronic tag 121 is integrated, that is, the external device 110 can obtain all the data stored in the first electronic tag 121 at the same time. After acquiring the data, the external device 110 can analyze the data, so as to obtain the Bluetooth address and WiFi information of the electric tool 120 .
  • the external device 110 may send the first Bluetooth connection request and the first wireless connection request to the electric tool 120 at the same time; the electric tool 120 may establish a Bluetooth connection and a wireless connection with the external device 110 at the same time.
  • the external device 110 can send the networking information to the electric tool 120 through the second Bluetooth module 111a, or can send the networking information to the electric tool 120 through the second WiFi module 112, which can be set by a technician.
  • the electric tool and the external device need to have both the Bluetooth module and the WiFi module, so that the Bluetooth connection and the WiFi connection can be established.
  • connection information of the electric tool 120 includes identification information of the electric tool 120 , and the identification information of the electric tool 120 is used to uniquely identify the electric tool 120 .
  • the identification information of the electric tool may refer to the serial number of the electric tool.
  • the identification information of the electric tool may also be other unique characters bound to the electric tool set by the technician String, which is not limited in the embodiment of this application.
  • the external device 110 is further configured to obtain the Bluetooth address of the electric tool based on the identification information of the electric tool 120 and the first correspondence, and the first correspondence includes the identification information of at least one electric tool and the address of the electric tool. Correspondence between Bluetooth addresses.
  • Each electric tool has its corresponding Bluetooth address, therefore, the first correspondence can be generated based on the correspondence.
  • the first correspondence may be stored on the server, and the external device 110 sends an address acquisition request to the server, where the address acquisition request is used to request the acquisition of the Bluetooth address of the electric tool, and the address acquisition request includes the address of the electric tool.
  • Identification information the server receives the address acquisition request, accesses the first correspondence, finds the Bluetooth address corresponding to the identification information of the electric tool from the external device from the first correspondence, and then sends the Bluetooth address to the external device.
  • the server may be a server used by a manufacturer of the electric tool, or a server of the first application program. The manufacturer of the electric tool may upload the first correspondence to the server.
  • the first correspondence may be stored in the external device, and the external device may determine the Bluetooth address of the electric tool based on the first correspondence and the identification information of the electric tool.
  • the server may send the updated first correspondence to the external device every preset period of time, and the external device stores the updated first correspondence locally.
  • the external device 110 is further configured to send a second Bluetooth connection request to the electric tool 120 based on the Bluetooth address of the electric tool 120 , where the first connection request includes the second Bluetooth connection request.
  • the second Bluetooth connection request is used for the external device to request to establish a Bluetooth connection with the electric tool.
  • the second Bluetooth connection request may be the same as or different from the first Bluetooth connection request.
  • the electric tool 120 is further configured to establish a connection with the external device 110 in response to the second Bluetooth connection request.
  • the external device 110 is further configured to acquire the WiFi information of the electric tool based on the identification information of the electric tool 120 and the second correspondence, and the second correspondence includes at least one identification information of the electric tool and a second correspondence of the electric tool. Correspondence of WiFi information.
  • Each electric tool has its corresponding WiFi address, therefore, the second correspondence can be generated based on the correspondence.
  • the second correspondence can be stored on the server, and the external device sends an information acquisition request to the server, the information acquisition request is used to request the acquisition of the WiFi information of the electric tool, and the information acquisition request includes the identification of the electric tool information; the server receives the above information acquisition request, accesses the second correspondence, finds the WiFi information corresponding to the identification information of the electric tool from the external device from the second correspondence, and then sends the WiFi information to the external device.
  • the manufacturer of the electric tool can upload the second correspondence to the server.
  • the second correspondence may be stored in the external device, and the external device may determine the WiFi information of the electric tool based on the second correspondence and the identification information of the electric tool.
  • the server may send the updated second correspondence to the external device every preset period of time, and the external device stores the updated second correspondence locally.
  • the external device 110 is further configured to send a second wireless connection request to the electric tool 120 based on the WiFi information of the electric tool 120 , where the first connection request includes the second wireless connection request.
  • the second wireless connection request is used for the external device to request to establish a WiFi connection with the electric tool.
  • the electric tool 120 is further configured to establish a connection with the external device 110 in response to the second wireless connection request.
  • the external device 110 is further configured to acquire the Bluetooth address of the electric tool and the WiFi information of the electric tool based on the identification information of the electric tool 120 and the third correspondence, and the third correspondence includes the address of at least one electric tool. Correspondence between the identification information, the Bluetooth address of the electric tool, and the WiFi information of the electric tool.
  • the external device 110 is further configured to send a second Bluetooth connection request to the electric tool 120 based on the Bluetooth address of the electric tool 120 , where the first connection request includes the second Bluetooth connection request.
  • the external device 110 is further configured to send a second wireless connection request to the electric tool 120 based on the WiFi information of the electric tool 120 , where the first connection request includes the second wireless connection request.
  • the electric tool 120 is further configured to establish a Bluetooth connection with the external device 110 in response to the second Bluetooth connection request.
  • the electric tool 120 is further configured to establish a WiFi connection with the external device 110 in response to the second wireless connection request.
  • the third correspondence may include the first correspondence and the second correspondence.
  • the Bluetooth address of the electric tool and the WiFi information of the electric tool need to be queried at the same time for the first correspondence and the second correspondence to obtain
  • the third correspondence includes only one correspondence, and at this time, the Bluetooth address of the electric tool and the WiFi information of the electric tool only need to inquire about one correspondence (the third correspondence) to obtain. This embodiment of the present application does not limit it.
  • the external device 110 may simultaneously send the second Bluetooth connection request and the second wireless connection request to the electric tool 120; or, the external device 110 may first send the second Bluetooth connection request to the electric tool 120, and then send the second Bluetooth connection request to the electric tool 120 The second wireless connection request; or, the external device 110 can first send the second wireless connection request to the electric tool 120, and then send the second Bluetooth connection request to the electric tool 120, and the embodiment of the present application sends the second Bluetooth connection request to the external device 110
  • the sequence with the second wireless connection request is not limited.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system applied to an electric tool, where the system includes: an external device and an electric tool.
  • the external device is configured to obtain the connection information of the electric tool by using the first communication method
  • the external device is configured to establish a connection with the electric tool by using the second communication method based on the connection information of the electric tool;
  • the communication distance of the first communication method is shorter than the communication distance of the second communication method.
  • the external device uses the first communication method to obtain the connection information of the electric tool, which does not require the user to perform complicated operations, and is easy to operate. For example, the user only needs to bring the external device close to the electric tool to realize the use of the first communication method to obtain the connection information of the electric tool. connection information.
  • the working frequency band of the second communication manner includes 2.4 GHz.
  • the transmission manner of the second communication manner includes a full-duplex transmission manner.
  • the transmission manner of the second communication manner includes a half-duplex transmission manner.
  • the user may implement one-click replacement of the wireless network connected to the electric tool displayed by the first application program through the first application program.
  • the user originally used the first wireless network (the first router), and due to some reasons the user changed the wireless network used, from the first wireless network originally used to the second wireless network (the second router), this , in order to better control the electric tool, the user needs to replace the wireless network to which the electric tool is connected from the first wireless network to the second wireless network.
  • the first application program displays a first network transfer control, and the first network transfer control refers to a control for changing the wireless network to which the power tool is connected.
  • the external device In response to receiving the touch command for the first switch control, the external device sends the networking information of the second wireless network to the electric tool, and the networking information of the second wireless network is used to indicate configuration parameters of the second router.
  • the electric tool receives networking information of the second wireless network; and establishes a connection with the second router based on the networking information of the second wireless network.
  • the external device may obtain the networking information of the second wireless network in the following manner:
  • the user may input the networking information of the second wireless network in the first application program, and trigger the first application program to obtain the second wireless network networking information.
  • Networking information of the wireless network in another example, an NFC tag is provided on the second router or an NFC module is provided in the second router, and an external device approaches the NFC tag or NFC module to obtain the networking information of the second wireless network.
  • the first application program can send the networking information of the second wireless network to all electric tools displayed by the first application program; if the electric tool is in the power-on state, the electric tool can immediately replace the wireless network; state, the networking information of the second wireless network can be temporarily stored on the server, and when the power tool is turned on, the server sends the networking information of the second wireless network to the power tool, so that the power tool can replace the wireless network.
  • the router connected to the electric tool is not changed, but the PWD of the router is changed, and the user can also send the changed PWD to the electric tool through the first application program.
  • the first application is displayed with a fourth control, which refers to a control for sending the replaced PWD to the power tool.
  • the external device sends the replaced PWD to the electric tool in response to receiving the touch command for the fourth control; the electric tool receives the replaced PWD; and establishes a connection with the router based on the replaced PWD.
  • the external device can obtain the replaced PWD in the following manner: in one example, the user can input the replaced PWD in the first application program, and trigger the first application program to obtain the replaced PWD; In an example, an NFC tag is set on the router or an NFC module is set in the router, and an external device approaches the NFC tag or NFC module to obtain the replaced PWD.
  • the first application program can send the replaced PWD to all electric tools connected to the router in the first application program; if the electric tool is powered on, the electric tool can immediately reconnect to the router based on the replaced PWD ; If the power tool is turned off, the replaced PWD can be temporarily stored on the server. When the power tool is turned on, the server will send the replaced PWD to the power tool, so that the power tool can reconnect to the router based on the replaced PWD .
  • the electric tool establishes a connection with an external device through an electronic tag.
  • the electric tool may also establish a connection with an external device through an NFC module.
  • the NFC module can be adapted to different electric tools, and the user can establish connections between different electric tools and external devices through the NFC module.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the setting position of the second interface, and the position on the housing of the electric tool that is convenient for user operation can be provided with a second interface.
  • the second interface for example, the second interface may be provided on the battery pack casing, the handle casing, the host casing or other casings, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the user can make the NFC module acquire the connection information of the electric tool by coupling the first interface with the second interface. After obtaining the connection information of the electric tool, the NFC module sends the connection information of the electric tool to an external device.
  • the user can disengage the first interface of the NFC module from the second interface of the electric tool, and then couple the NFC module with other electric tools to be connected to realize the power tool to establish connection with external equipment.
  • the NFC module further includes a transceiver configured to acquire connection information of the electric tool and send the connection information of the electric tool to an external device.
  • the NFC module can be arranged inside the electric tool, and each electric tool is provided with an NFC module.
  • the electric tool can communicate with the electric tool through the NFC module.
  • the first NFC module of the first electric tool is close to the second NFC module of the second electric tool, and data can be transmitted between the first electric tool and the second electric tool through NFC.
  • the first electric tool has established a connection with the router, and the first electric tool stores networking information, and the user can bring the first NFC module close to the second NFC module, so that the networking information stored by the first electric tool can be passed through the first NFC module.
  • the second NFC module of the second electric tool sends the networking information to the WiFi module of the second electric tool, and the WiFi module of the second electric tool establishes with the router based on the networking information. connect.
  • the NFC module in the embodiment of the present application can communicate with external devices through NFC communication.
  • the NFC module can receive configuration data from an external device through NFC communication, and the configuration data is used to configure the electric tool.
  • FIG. 6 shows a schematic diagram of a communication system applied to a charger of an electric tool provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the system 600 includes: an external device 610, a charger 620 of an electric tool, and a second electronic label 621 is arranged on the charger 620 of the electric tool.
  • the external device 610 refers to a device connected to the charger 620 of the electric tool.
  • the external device 610 can be set to control the charger 620 of the electric tool, for example, the external device 610 can be set to control the working parameters of the charger 620 of the electric tool (eg, switch state, charging current, charging duration, etc.).
  • the external device 610 may be a mobile terminal, and the mobile terminal may be a mobile phone, a smart wearable device (for example, a smart watch, a smart bracelet, etc.), a tablet computer or a control terminal (the control terminal refers to a user terminal produced by a manufacturer of an electric tool).
  • the type of the external device 610 is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the working parameters of the charger 620 of different types of electric tools may be different.
  • the working parameters described above are only exemplary and can be set according to actual application scenarios. limited.
  • a charger of an electric tool refers to a device for supplying power to a battery pack of the electric tool.
  • Power tool chargers include, but are not limited to: chain saw chargers, electric drill chargers, circular saw chargers, hammer drill chargers, angle grinder chargers, snow blower chargers, lawn trimmer chargers Chargers, chargers for reciprocating saws, etc.
  • the charger 620 of the electric tool is provided with a second electronic label 621 .
  • the second electronic tag 621 includes an NFC (Near Field Communication, near field communication) tag or an RFID (Radio Frequency Identification, radio frequency identification) tag.
  • the second electronic label 621 on the charger 620 of the electric tool is set on the charger 620 of the electric tool before the charger 620 of the electric tool leaves the factory.
  • the second electronic tag 621 can be affixed in the charger 620 of the electric tool, for example, the second electronic tag 621 can be affixed in the casing of the charger 620 of the electric tool.
  • the outer area of the shell corresponding to the attachment area of 621 may be provided with a prompt label, which is used to remind that the area is provided with the second electronic label 621, and the user can bring the external device 610 close to this area to realize the charging of the electric tool. 620 and the connection between the external device 610.
  • the second electronic label 621 can be attached outside the charger 620 of the electric tool, for example, the second electronic label 621 can be attached outside the casing of the charger 620 of the electric tool.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the setting position of the second electronic tag 621 on the charger 620 of the electric tool, and the second electronic tag 621 may be set at any position where the charger 620 of the electric tool is convenient for the external device 610 to approach.
  • the second electronic label 621 on the charger 620 of the electric tool is set on the charger 620 of the electric tool after the charger 620 of the electric tool leaves the factory.
  • the user or the manufacturer may stick the second electronic label 621 on the charger 620 of the electric tool.
  • the external device 610 can obtain a tag ID (Identification, identification) of the second electronic tag 621 through the second electronic tag 621, and the tag ID of the second electronic tag 621 is used to uniquely identify the second electronic tag 621.
  • the user can configure the correspondence between the tag ID of the second electronic tag 621 and the connection information of the charger 620 of the electric tool, so that the tag ID can correspond to the charger 620 of the electric tool.
  • the external device 610 includes an NFC module.
  • the NFC module of the external device 610 can obtain the connection information of the charger 620 of the electric tool, so as to establish a connection with the charger 620 of the electric tool based on the connection information.
  • the NFC module of the external device 610 being close to the second electronic tag 621 means that the distance between the NFC module of the external device 610 and the second electronic tag 621 is smaller than a preset threshold.
  • the preset threshold may be 10 cm, 20 cm or other values. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the value of the preset threshold, which may be set by a technician.
  • the second electronic tag 621 in the embodiment of the present application may be any one of a passive tag, a semi-active tag or an active tag.
  • the second electronic tag 621 is generally a passive tag.
  • the second electronic tag 621 is configured to send the connection information of the charger 620 to the external device 610 in response to the external device 610 approaching the second electronic tag 621 .
  • the second electronic tag 621 can determine whether the external device 610 is close to itself by sensing the electromagnetic wave intensity of the external device 610, for example, when the second electronic tag 621 senses that the electromagnetic wave intensity of the external device 610 is higher than the preset intensity, The second electronic tag 621 determines that the external device 610 is close to itself.
  • the external device 610 is set close to the second electronic tag 621 to obtain the connection information of the charger 620 of the electric tool.
  • the proximity of the external device 610 to the second electronic tag 621 means that the distance between the external device 610 and the second electronic tag 621 is smaller than a preset threshold, which can be set by a technician.
  • the preset threshold can be 10 cm or 20 cm, etc., which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the external device 610 may approach the prompt tag, so as to approach the second electronic tag 621 .
  • the external device 610 can touch the second electronic tag 621 to obtain the connection information of the charger 620 of the electric tool; optionally, the external device 610 can scan the second electronic tag 621 to obtain the connection information of the electric tool The connection information of the charger 620.
  • the external device 610 is configured to send a second connection request to the charger 620 based on the connection information of the charger 620 .
  • the second electronic tag 621 stores the connection information of the charger 620 of the electric tool.
  • the second electronic tag 621 will send the stored connection information of the charger 620 of the electric tool to external device 610 .
  • the connection information of the charger 620 of the electric tool is used to indicate the connection parameters of the charger 620 of the electric tool connected to other devices.
  • the connection information of the charger 620 of the electric tool may include at least one of the following: the charger 620 of the electric tool Bluetooth address, WiFi (Wireless Fidelity, wireless fidelity) information of the charger 620 of the electric tool, identification information of the charger 620 of the electric tool.
  • the external device 610 may send a second connection request to the charger 620 of the electric tool based on the connection information of the charger 620 of the electric tool in the second electronic tag 621, and the second connection request is used for the external device 610 to request charging with the electric tool
  • the device 620 establishes a connection.
  • the charger 620 is configured to establish a connection with the external device 610 in response to the second connection request.
  • the charger 620 After receiving the second connection request, the charger 620 establishes a connection with the external device 610 in response to the second connection request. Exemplarily, the charger 620 sends a second connection response to the charger 620 in response to the second connection request, and the external device 610 receives the second connection response and determines to establish a connection with the charger 620 .
  • the user only needs to bring the external device 610 close to the second electronic tag 621 to obtain the connection information of the charger 620, so as to establish a connection with the charger 620 based on the connection information of the charger 620.
  • One-key smart connection is realized, and the external device 610 and the second electronic tag 621 are touched or scanned to realize the quick connection between the charger 620 and the external device 610.
  • the operation is simple and the connection speed is fast. Based on the connection information of the charger, quickly bind the charger with the user.
  • connection information of the charger 620 stored in the second electronic tag 621 is encrypted information, and a decryption key is pre-stored in the external device 610. After obtaining the connection information of the charger 620, based on the above decryption encryption The key decrypts the connection information of the charger 620 to obtain the decrypted connection information of the charger 620; and then establishes a connection with the charger 620 based on the decrypted connection information of the charger 620.
  • the second electronic tag 621 also stores the identification information of the decryption algorithm
  • the external device 610 stores a preset correspondence
  • the preset correspondence includes at least one decryption algorithm identification information and the decryption algorithm Correspondence.
  • the external device 610 After the external device 610 approaches the second electronic tag 621, it obtains the connection information of the encrypted charger 620 and the identification information of the decryption algorithm; the external device 610 determines the decryption algorithm according to the preset corresponding relationship; based on the decryption algorithm, the encrypted charger 620 Decrypt the connection information to obtain decrypted connection information of the charger 620 ; and establish a connection with the charger 620 based on the decrypted connection information of the charger 620 .
  • the second electronic label 621 may further store device information of the charger 620 , and the device information of the charger 620 is used to indicate basic information of the charger 620 .
  • the device information of the charger 620 includes at least one of the following items: the serial number of the charger 620 , the model information of the charger 620 , the date of manufacture of the charger 620 and the like.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the content of information stored in the second electronic tag 621, which can be written by technicians according to requirements.
  • the external device 610 can obtain the device information of the charger 620 by approaching the second electronic tag 621, thereby adding the charger 620 to the device list.
  • the device list can refer to a list of all chargers connected to the external device 610.
  • the user The device information of a certain charger can be obtained by querying the device list.
  • the data stored in the second electronic tag 621 can be changed.
  • a technician can change the data in the second electronic tag 621 through a tag data changing device, which can be installed with Tag data modification program, technicians can modify the data in the second electronic tag 621 through the tag data modification program
  • the tag data modification device refers to the device used to modify the data stored in the electronic tag
  • the tag data modification program refers to the application program used to make changes to the data stored in the transponder.
  • the information stored in the second electronic tag 621 can be written according to data storage rules, and the data storage rules include corresponding rules of field contents, field storage intervals and field sizes of each field.
  • Data storage rules can be set by technicians.
  • the external device 610 if the external device 610 cannot read the data stored in the second electronic tag 621 , the external device 610 displays abnormal information, and the abnormal information is used to prompt that the second electronic tag 621 is abnormal.
  • the external device by bringing the external device close to the electronic tag, the external device can obtain the connection information of the charger, and then the external device can establish a connection with the charger based on the connection information of the charger. Connection, this application only needs to bring the external device and the electronic tag close to realize the one-key intelligent connection between the charger and the external device, the operation is simple, and the connection speed is fast.
  • the external device 610 may directly and automatically establish a connection with the charger 620, that is, directly establish a connection with the charger 620 without confirmation from the user.
  • the external device 610 may establish a connection with the charger 620 after the user confirms.
  • the scheme of establishing connection between the external device 610 and the charger 620 after confirmation with the user will be described below.
  • the external device 610 is also set close to the second electronic label 621, and if the second application program is not installed in the external device 620, obtain the download link of the second application program; based on the download link of the second application program, download the second application program Two applications.
  • the second application program can be any application program, and the second application program can be used to control the working parameters of the charger 620 .
  • the second application program may be a system-level application program or a third-party application program, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the second electronic tag 621 when the external device 610 is close to the second electronic tag 621, the second electronic tag 621 will send all the data stored inside to the external device 610.
  • the above data includes the connection information of the charger 620 and the second application Program download link.
  • the external device 610 determines that the second application program is not installed, it obtains the download link from the above data.
  • the external device 610 automatically downloads the installation package of the second application program through the download link, and automatically installs the second application program after the installation package download is completed, and completes the relevant registration and login of the second application program; in another example Among them, after the external device 610 obtains the download link, it displays the application installation prompt information, and the application installation prompt information is used to prompt whether to install the second application program; in response to receiving the confirmation instruction for the application installation prompt information, the external device 610 downloads the Link to download the installation package of the second application program, the confirmation instruction refers to the instruction for confirming the installation of the second application program; the external device 610 installs the second application program after the installation package download is completed, and completes the relevant registration and login of the second application program .
  • the second application program will automatically jump to display the user interface of the second application program.
  • the external device 610 is also set close to the second electronic tag 621 , and when the second application program is installed in the external device 610 , displays the user interface of the second application program.
  • the external device 610 when the second application program is installed in the external device 610, after the external device 610 approaches the second electronic tag 621, the external device 610 will display the user interface of the second application program, for example, the external device 610 will Displaying the homepage interface of the second application program, the homepage interface refers to the interface displayed by the second application program when the user manually opens the second application program.
  • the displayed user interface of the second application program can also be other interfaces, which can be set by technicians according to requirements. Examples are not limited to this.
  • the external device 610 is further configured to send a second connection request to the charger 620 based on the connection information of the charger 620 in response to the second connection instruction triggered by the user interface of the second application program.
  • the second connection instruction refers to an instruction for establishing a connection between the charger and the external device.
  • a connection control is displayed on the user interface of the second application, and the connection control refers to a control for establishing a connection between the external device 610 and the charger 620; in response to receiving a touch operation on the connection control, The external device 610 determines to receive a connection instruction triggered by the user interface of the second application; the external device 610 sends a second connection request to the charger 620 based on the connection information of the charger 620 . Then, the charger 620 establishes a connection with the external device 610 in response to the second connection request.
  • the external device 610 sends a connection request to the charger 620 only after receiving the connection instruction, so as to establish a connection with the charger 620, which can effectively prevent the user from accidentally touching the external device 610 and the charger 620 A situation that results in automatic connection of the charger 620 and the external device 610 .
  • the external device 610 is further configured to not send the second connection request to the charger 620 in response to the cancel connection instruction triggered by the user interface of the second application program, the cancel connection instruction refers to canceling the charging An instruction to establish a connection between the device 620 and the external device 610.
  • the second application program can be used to control the charger 620 connected with the external device 610 .
  • the external device 610 can establish a connection with a plurality of chargers 620 .
  • the second application program may control the multiple chargers at the same time, or control each charger individually, or control some chargers.
  • the user can pre-set the working parameters of each charger in the second application program, and when the multiple chargers are in the working state, the user can touch the first control in the user interface of the second application program,
  • the first control refers to a control for controlling multiple chargers.
  • the above-mentioned multiple chargers can work according to their preset working parameters; when only some of the above-mentioned multiple chargers are in the working state, the user can touch the
  • the second control is to control the above-mentioned part of the chargers.
  • the second control refers to the control for controlling the part of the chargers.
  • the above-mentioned part of the chargers can work according to their preset working parameters.
  • the external device 610 When the external device 610 receives When the trigger instruction for the second control is received, the external device 610 will first determine some chargers in the working state among the above-mentioned multiple chargers, and then send the respective working parameters of the above-mentioned part of the chargers to the corresponding chargers; another example , when a certain charger is in working state, and the user wants to set the working parameters of the charger, at this time, the user can set the working parameters of the charger in the user interface of the second application program, and then click
  • the third control controls the charger, and the third control refers to a control used to control a certain charger.
  • the server After the charger establishes a connection with the external device, the server will store the corresponding relationship between the charger and the external device.
  • the corresponding relationship between the charger and the external device may include: the identification information (for example, serial number) of the charger and the user account corresponding to the external device (That is, the user account logged in by the second application program in the external device).
  • the server may be a background server of the second application program, and the background server of the second application program may be a server used by a charger manufacturer.
  • the charger When the charger is paired for the first time (the first pairing refers to establishing a connection with an external device for the first time), the charger directly establishes a connection with the external device; when the charger is not paired for the first time, the external The device sends a pairing request to the server, which is used to request to establish a connection with the charger; in response to the pairing request, the server determines whether the external device has the permission to establish a connection with the charger; in response to the external device having the permission to establish a connection with the charger , the external device can send the second connection request to the charger; in response to the fact that the external device does not have the authority to establish a connection with the charger, the external device cannot send the second connection request to the charger.
  • the server determines whether the external device has the permission to establish a connection with the charger; in response to the external device having the permission to establish a connection with the charger , the external device can send the second connection request to the charger; in response to the fact that the external device does not have the authority to establish a
  • the server may determine whether the external device that sends the pairing request has permission to establish a connection with the charger based on the wireless network connected to the external device bound to the charger and the wireless network connected to the external device that sent the pairing request . If the wireless network connected to the external device bound to the charger is the same as the wireless network connected to the external device sending the pairing request, it is determined that the external device sending the pairing request has the authority to establish a connection with the charger; if the external device bound to the charger If the wireless network connected to the device is inconsistent with the wireless network connected to the external device sending the pairing request, it is determined that the external device sending the pairing request does not have the authority to establish a connection with the charger.
  • the pairing request carries the identification information of the wireless network, and the identification information of the wireless network is used to uniquely identify the wireless network; the server also stores the identification information of the wireless network when the user registers and logs in with the second application program in the external device. The server can determine whether the wireless networks are consistent by comparing the identification information.
  • the identification information of the wireless network may be an SSID.
  • the server receives a pairing request from the first external device, it sends a request to the second external device ( An external device that has established a connection with the charger, and it is the external device that the charger has established a connection for the first time) sends an authorization authentication request, and the authorization authentication request is used to request to confirm whether the first external device has the authorization to establish a connection with the charger;
  • the second external device displays permission authentication prompt information in response to the permission authentication request, and the permission authentication prompt information is used to prompt the user to confirm whether the first external device has the permission to establish a connection with the charger; in one example, the second external device receives For the confirmation instruction of the authority authentication prompt information, send an authority confirmation message to the server, the confirmation instruction refers to an instruction to determine that the first external device has the authority to establish a connection with the charger, and the authority confirmation message is used to indicate that the first external device has the authority to connect with the
  • the server in response to receiving the permission confirmation message, the server allows the first external device to establish a connection with the charger; in another example, the second external device receives a deny instruction for the permission authentication prompt information, and sends the Sending a permission deny message, the deny instruction refers to an instruction for determining that the first external device does not have the permission to establish a connection with the charger, and the permission deny message is used to indicate that the first external device does not have the permission to establish a connection with the charger; the server responds to receiving If a permission deny message is received, the first external device is not allowed to establish a connection with the charger.
  • the charger 620 includes a third wireless communication module 622
  • the external device 610 includes a fourth wireless communication module 611 .
  • the external device 610 is configured to send a second connection request to the third wireless communication module 622 through the fourth wireless communication module 611 based on the connection information of the charger 620 .
  • the charger 620 is configured to establish a wireless connection with the fourth wireless communication module 611 through the third wireless communication module 622 in response to the second connection request.
  • the communication mode corresponding to the third wireless communication module 622 is consistent with the communication mode corresponding to the fourth wireless communication module 611.
  • the communication mode includes any of the following: Bluetooth communication, WiFi communication, Zigbee communication, UWB ( Ultra Wide Band, ultra-wide band) communication, infrared communication.
  • the communication mode corresponding to the third wireless communication module 622 is Bluetooth communication
  • the communication mode corresponding to the fourth wireless communication module 611 is also Bluetooth communication.
  • the third wireless communication module 622 and the fourth wireless communication module 611 are Bluetooth communication module; for another example, when the communication method corresponding to the third wireless communication module 622 is WiFi communication, the communication method corresponding to the fourth wireless communication module 611 is also WiFi communication.
  • the wireless communication module 611 is a WiFi communication module.
  • the communication function corresponding to the fourth wireless communication module 611 in the external device 610 needs to be turned on
  • the communication function corresponding to the third wireless communication module 622 in the charger 620 needs to be turned on; if not turned on, the corresponding communication function is automatically turned on.
  • the communication mode corresponding to the third wireless communication module 622 is Bluetooth communication
  • the communication mode corresponding to the fourth wireless communication module 611 is also Bluetooth communication
  • the external device 610 and the charger 20 need to enable the Bluetooth function.
  • the connection information of the charger includes the Bluetooth address of the charger.
  • the third wireless communication module 622 includes a third Bluetooth module 622a
  • the fourth wireless communication module 611 includes a fourth Bluetooth module 611a .
  • the external device 610 is configured to send a third Bluetooth connection request to the third Bluetooth module through the fourth Bluetooth module based on the Bluetooth address of the charger, and the second connection request includes the third Bluetooth connection request.
  • the Bluetooth address of the charger 620 is used to uniquely identify the Bluetooth module of the charger 620 (ie, the above-mentioned first Bluetooth module).
  • the Bluetooth address of the charger 620 may include a Bluetooth MAC (Media Access Control, Media Access Control) address.
  • the charger 620 is configured to establish a connection with the fourth Bluetooth module through the third Bluetooth module in response to the third Bluetooth connection request.
  • the Bluetooth function of the charger 620 and the external device 610 needs to be turned on, and the external device 610 and the charger 620 can independently detect whether their own Bluetooth function is turned on. If not enabled, the Bluetooth function will be automatically enabled.
  • the charger 620 further includes a third WiFi module 623 , therefore, the charger 620 can also be networked, that is, establish a connection with a router.
  • the external device 610 is further configured to send networking information to the third Bluetooth module through the fourth Bluetooth module, where the networking information is used to indicate configuration parameters of the router.
  • the charger 620 is also configured to establish a connection with the router based on the networking information.
  • the networking information includes at least one of the following: the SSID of the router, the PWD (Pass Word, access password) of the router, the IP (Internet Protocol, Internet Protocol) address of the router, the frequency band identifier of the router, and the like.
  • the band ID of the router is used to indicate the bands supported by the router (2.4G, 2.4G and 5G).
  • the third Bluetooth module 622a and the third WiFi module 623 are integrated into one component, and data can be shared between them. After the third Bluetooth module 622a receives the networking information, the third WiFi module 623 establishes a connection with the router based on the networking information.
  • the external device 610 may only have a Bluetooth module instead of a WiFi module, so that the charger 620 can establish a connection with the router, but the charger 620 needs to have both a Bluetooth module and a WiFi module.
  • the networking information may be plaintext information or encrypted information, and is generally encrypted information.
  • the decryption key can be built in the charger 620, or can be passed in from outside.
  • a decryption key is stored in the charger 620, and after obtaining the networking information from the external device 610, the above-mentioned encrypted networking information is decrypted by the decryption key to obtain decrypted networking information; based on the decrypted networking information , to establish a connection with the router.
  • the external device 610 sends networking information (SSID and PWD) of several frequency bands of the router to the charger 620, including networking information of the 2.4G frequency band.
  • the networking information sent by the external device 610 may identify a corresponding frequency band (frequency band identifier).
  • the charger 620 identifies from the networking information, or obtains matching networking information through a trial, and connects to the router. For example, if the frequency band of the charger 620 is 2.4G, the external device 610 can effectively establish the connection by sending the networking information (SSID and PWD) corresponding to 2.4G to the charger 620 .
  • the charger 620 can communicate with the server.
  • the external device 610 may send a relevant operation instruction to the server through the second application program, so that the server sends the relevant operation instruction to the charger 620 .
  • the charger 620 can also report the data to the server.
  • the server after the server receives the related operation instructions from the external device 610, it encrypts the related operation instructions to obtain the encrypted related operation instructions; the server sends the encrypted related operation instructions to the charger 620 ; After receiving the encrypted related operation instruction, the charger parses the encrypted related operation instruction through the security key, and executes the related operation instruction.
  • the security key may be pre-stored in the charger 620; or, the server sends the ID of the encryption algorithm to the charger; the charger 620 determines the encryption algorithm according to the stored preset correspondence; the charger 620 determines the encryption algorithm based on the encryption algorithm A security key is generated, the ID of the encryption algorithm is used to uniquely identify the encryption algorithm, and the preset correspondence includes at least one correspondence between the ID of the encryption algorithm and the encryption algorithm.
  • the external device 610 can communicate with the server through a wired network or a wireless network. ), WiFi and other networks to communicate with the server.
  • the second application program may display a prompt message, the prompt message is used to prompt that the charger is online, and a remote configuration operation of the charger can be performed.
  • the decryption algorithm used for the connection information of the above-mentioned charger 620 may be the same decryption algorithm, or a different decryption algorithm, which is implemented in this application. This example is not limited, and it can be set by technicians according to actual needs.
  • the connection information of the charger includes WiFi information of the charger.
  • the third wireless communication module 622 includes a third WiFi module 623
  • the fourth wireless communication module 611 includes a fourth WiFi module 612 .
  • the external device 610 is configured to send a third wireless connection request to the third WiFi module through the fourth WiFi module based on the WiFi information of the charger, and the second connection request includes the third wireless connection request.
  • the charger 620 is configured to establish a connection with the fourth WiFi module through the third WiFi module in response to the third wireless connection request.
  • the WiFi information of the charger is information of a hidden WiFi network created by the third WiFi module.
  • the WiFi information includes at least one of the following information: SSID (Service Set Identifier, service area identifier) of the charger 620, PWD (Pass Word, access password) of the charger 620, frequency band identifier of the charger 620, and the like.
  • the frequency band identifier of the charger 620 is used to indicate the frequency bands (2.4G, 2.4G and 5G) supported by the charger 620 .
  • the external device 610 is further configured to send networking information to the third WiFi module through the fourth WiFi module, where the networking information is used to indicate configuration parameters of the router.
  • the charger 620 is also configured to establish a connection with the router based on the networking information.
  • the networking information includes at least one of the following: SSID of the router, PWD of the router, IP address of the router, frequency band identifier of the router, and the like.
  • the band ID of the router is used to indicate the bands supported by the router (2.4G, 2.4G and 5G).
  • the external device 610 cuts off the connection with the router, and switches to connect to the charger 620; the external device 610 sends networking information to the charger 620, so that the charger 620 establishes a connection with the router, and completes network distribution.
  • the third WiFi module 623 after receiving the networking information, performs internal state transition of the module; and then establishes a connection with the router based on the networking information.
  • the external device 610 may disconnect from the charger 620 and restore the connection to the router.
  • the external device 610 disconnects from the charger 620 and restores the connection to the router.
  • the networking information is encrypted information.
  • a decryption key is stored in the charger 620. After obtaining the networking information from the external device 610, the charger 620 decrypts the encrypted networking information through the decryption key to obtain decrypted networking information; based on the decrypted networking information, Establish a connection with the router.
  • the external device 610 may also send networking information corresponding to the frequency band identifier of the charger 620 to the charger 620 based on the frequency band identifier of the charger 620 .
  • the networking information corresponding to the frequency band identifier of the charger 620 refers to configuration parameters of the router consistent with the frequency band supported by the charger.
  • the frequency band identifier of the charger 620 indicates that the frequency band supported by the charger 620 is 2.4G, and the external device 610 sends the network information (SSID and PWD) corresponding to 2.4G to the charger 620 .
  • the external device 610 only needs to have a WiFi module
  • the charger 620 only needs to have a WiFi module, so that the charger 620 can establish a connection with a wireless network.
  • the charger 620 can communicate with the server.
  • the external device 610 may send a relevant operation instruction to the server through the second application program, so that the server sends the relevant operation instruction to the charger 620 .
  • the server after the server receives the related operation instructions from the external device 610, it encrypts the related operation instructions to obtain the encrypted related operation instructions; the server sends the encrypted related operation instructions to the charger 620 ; After receiving the encrypted related operation instruction, the charger 620 parses the encrypted related operation instruction through the security key, and executes the related operation instruction.
  • the security key can be pre-stored in the charger 620; or, the server sends the ID of the encryption algorithm to the charger 620; the charger 620 determines the encryption algorithm according to the stored preset correspondence; The algorithm generates a security key, the ID of the encryption algorithm is used to uniquely identify the encryption algorithm, and the preset correspondence includes the correspondence between the ID of at least one encryption algorithm and the encryption algorithm.
  • the external device 610 can communicate with the server through a wired network or a wireless network. ), WiFi and other networks to communicate with the server.
  • the second application program may display a prompt message, the prompt message is used to prompt that the charger is online, and a remote configuration operation of the charger can be performed.
  • the decryption algorithm used for the connection information of the above-mentioned charger 620 may be the same decryption algorithm, or a different decryption algorithm, which is implemented in this application. This example is not limited, and it can be set by technicians according to actual needs.
  • the connection information of the charger 620 includes the Bluetooth address of the charger 620 and the WiFi information of the charger 620 .
  • the charger 620 includes a third Bluetooth module 622 a and a third WiFi module 623
  • the external device 610 includes a fourth Bluetooth module 611 a and a fourth WiFi module 612 .
  • the external device 610 is set close to the second electronic tag 621 to obtain the Bluetooth address of the charger 620 and the WiFi information of the charger 620 .
  • the external device 610 is further configured to send a third Bluetooth connection request to the third Bluetooth module 622a through the fourth Bluetooth module 611a based on the Bluetooth address of the charger 620.
  • the charger 620 is configured to establish a connection with the fourth Bluetooth module 611a through the third Bluetooth module 622a in response to the third Bluetooth connection request.
  • the external device 610 is further configured to send a third wireless connection request to the third WiFi module 623 through the fourth WiFi module 612 based on the WiFi information of the charger 620 .
  • the charger 620 is further configured to establish a connection with the fourth WiFi module 612 through the third WiFi module 623 in response to the third wireless connection request.
  • the external device 610 can acquire the Bluetooth address and WiFi information of the charger 620 at the same time.
  • the data stored in the second electronic tag 621 is integrated, that is, the external device 610 can obtain all the data stored in the second electronic tag 621 at the same time.
  • the external device 610 may analyze the data, so as to obtain the Bluetooth address and WiFi information of the charger 620 .
  • the external device 610 may send the third Bluetooth connection request and the third wireless connection request to the charger 620 at the same time; the charger 620 may establish the Bluetooth connection and the wireless connection with the external device 610 at the same time.
  • the external device 610 can send networking information to the charger 620 through the fourth Bluetooth module 611a, or can send networking information to the charger 620 through the fourth WiFi module 612, which can be set by a technician.
  • the charger and the external device need to have both the Bluetooth module and the WiFi module, so that the Bluetooth connection and the WiFi connection can be established.
  • connection information of the charger includes identification information of the charger, and the identification information of the charger is used to uniquely identify the charger.
  • the identification information of the charger may refer to the serial number of the charger, of course, in other possible implementation manners, the identification information of the charger may also be other unique characters bound to the charger set by the technician string, which is not limited in the embodiment of this application.
  • the external device is further configured to obtain the Bluetooth address of the charger based on the identification information of the charger and the third correspondence, and the third correspondence includes at least one correspondence between the identification information of the charger and the Bluetooth address of the charger.
  • the external device is further configured to send a fourth Bluetooth connection request to the charger based on the Bluetooth address of the charger, and the second connection request includes the fourth Bluetooth connection request.
  • the charger is also configured to establish a connection with the external device in response to the fourth Bluetooth connection request.
  • the third correspondence can be stored on the server, and the external device sends an address acquisition request to the server, and the address acquisition request is used to request the acquisition of the Bluetooth address of the charger, and the address acquisition request includes the identifier of the charger information; the server receives the above address acquisition request, and accesses the third correspondence, finds the bluetooth address corresponding to the identification information of the charger from the external device from the third correspondence, and then sends the bluetooth address to the external device.
  • the server may be a server used by the manufacturer of the charger, or a server of the second application program. The manufacturer of the charger can upload the third correspondence to the server.
  • the third correspondence may be stored on the external device, and the external device may determine the Bluetooth address of the charger based on the third correspondence and the identification information of the charger.
  • the server may send the updated third correspondence to the external device every preset period of time, and the external device stores the updated third correspondence locally.
  • the external device is further configured to obtain the WiFi information of the charger based on the identification information of the charger and the fourth corresponding relationship, and the fourth corresponding relationship includes at least one identification information of the charger and the WiFi information of the charger corresponding relationship.
  • the external device is further configured to send a fourth wireless connection request to the charger based on the WiFi information of the charger, and the second connection request includes the fourth wireless connection request.
  • the charger is also configured to establish a connection with the external device in response to the fourth wireless connection request.
  • the external device is further configured to acquire the Bluetooth address of the charger and the WiFi information of the charger based on the identification information of the charger and the fifth correspondence, and the fifth correspondence includes identification information of at least one charger The corresponding relationship with the Bluetooth address of the charger and the WiFi information of the charger.
  • the external device is further configured to send a fourth Bluetooth connection request to the charger based on the Bluetooth address of the charger, and the second connection request includes the fourth Bluetooth connection request.
  • the external device is further configured to send a fourth wireless connection request to the charger based on the WiFi information of the charger, and the second connection request includes the fourth wireless connection request.
  • the charger is also configured to establish a Bluetooth connection with the external device in response to the fourth Bluetooth connection request.
  • the charger is also configured to establish a WiFi connection with the external device in response to the fourth wireless connection request.
  • the user can implement one-click replacement of the wireless network connected to the charger displayed by the second application program through the second application program.
  • the user originally used the first wireless network (the first router), and due to some reasons the user changed the wireless network used, from the first wireless network originally used to the second wireless network (the second router), this , in order to better control the charger, the user needs to replace the wireless network connected to the charger from the first wireless network to the second wireless network.
  • the second application program displays a second network transfer control, and the second network transfer control refers to a control for changing the wireless network to which the charger is connected.
  • the external device In response to receiving the touch instruction for the second network switching control, the external device sends the networking information of the second wireless network to the charger, and the networking information of the second wireless network is used to indicate configuration parameters of the second router.
  • the charger receives networking information of the second wireless network; and establishes a connection with the second router based on the networking information of the second wireless network.
  • the external device may acquire the networking information of the second wireless network in the following manner:
  • the user may input the networking information of the second wireless network in the second application program, and trigger the second application program to acquire the second wireless network information.
  • Networking information of the wireless network in another example, an NFC tag is provided on the second router or an NFC module is provided in the second router, and an external device approaches the NFC tag or NFC module to obtain the networking information of the second wireless network.
  • the second application program can send the networking information of the second wireless network to all the chargers displayed by the second application program; if the charger is on, the charger can replace the wireless network immediately; if the charger is off status, the networking information of the second wireless network can be temporarily stored on the server, and when the charger is turned on, the server sends the networking information of the second wireless network to the charger, so that the charger can replace the wireless network.
  • the router connected to the charger is not changed, but the PWD of the router is changed, and the user can also send the changed PWD to the charger through the second application program.
  • the second application is displayed with a fifth control, which refers to a control for sending the replaced PWD to the charger.
  • the external device sends the replaced PWD to the charger; the charger receives the replaced PWD; and establishes a connection with the router based on the replaced PWD.
  • the external device can obtain the replaced PWD in the following manner: in one example, the user can input the replaced PWD in the second application program, and trigger the second application program to obtain the replaced PWD; in another In an example, an NFC tag is set on the router or an NFC module is set in the router, and an external device approaches the NFC tag or NFC module to obtain the replaced PWD.
  • the second application program can send the replaced PWD to all chargers connected to the router in the second application program; if the charger is powered on, the charger can immediately reconnect to the router based on the replaced PWD ; If the charger is turned off, the replaced PWD can be temporarily stored on the server. When the charger is turned on, the server will send the replaced PWD to the charger, so that the charger can reconnect to the router based on the replaced PWD .
  • the charger establishes a connection with an external device through an electronic tag.
  • the charger may also establish a connection with an external device through an NFC module.
  • the NFC module can be adapted to different chargers, and the user can establish connections between different chargers and external devices through the NFC module.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not limit the setting position of the fourth interface.
  • the user can make the NFC module acquire the connection information of the charger by coupling the third interface with the fourth interface. After obtaining the connection information of the charger, the NFC module sends the connection information of the charger to the external device. When the charger is connected to the external device, the user can disconnect the third interface of the NFC module from the fourth interface of the charger, and then couple the NFC module with other chargers to be connected to realize the The charger establishes a connection with an external device.
  • the NFC module further includes a transceiver configured to obtain connection information of the charger and send the connection information of the charger to an external device.
  • the NFC module can be arranged inside the charger, and each charger is provided with an NFC module.
  • the charger can communicate with the charger through the NFC module.
  • the first NFC module of the first charger is close to the second NFC module of the second charger, and data can be transmitted between the first charger and the second charger through NFC.
  • the first charger has established a connection with the router, and the first charger stores networking information, and the user can bring the first NFC module close to the second NFC module, so that the networking information stored in the first charger can be passed through the first NFC module.
  • the second NFC module of the second charger sends the networking information to the WiFi module of the second charger, and the WiFi module of the second charger establishes a network connection with the router based on the networking information. connect.
  • the NFC module in the embodiment of the present application can communicate with external devices through NFC communication.
  • the NFC module can receive configuration data from an external device through NFC communication, and the configuration data is used to configure the charger.
  • the process of establishing a connection between a charger and an external device is similar to the process of establishing a connection between an electric tool and an external device.
  • the process of establishing a connection between a charger and an external device please refer to The relevant introduction to the process of establishing a connection; the process of establishing a connection between a charger and a router is similar to the process of establishing a connection between an electric tool and a router.
  • the battery pack is provided with a wireless communication module, therefore, the battery pack can also establish a connection with an external device, and further establish a connection with a router.
  • the process of establishing the connection between the battery pack and the external device is similar to the process of establishing the connection between the electric tool and the external device.
  • the technical staff can refer to the introduction of the connection between the electric tool and the external device in this application to realize the connection between the battery pack and the external device;
  • the process of establishing a connection between the battery pack and the router is similar to the process of establishing a connection between the electric tool and the router.
  • Technicians can refer to the introduction about the establishment of the connection between the electric tool and the router in this application to realize the establishment of the connection between the battery pack and the router.
  • FIG. 11 shows a schematic diagram of a communication system of a gateway device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the system 1000 includes: a gateway device 1010 and an electric tool 1020 , and a third electronic tag 1021 is arranged on the electric tool 1020 .
  • the third electronic tag 1021 is configured to send the connection information of the electric tool to the gateway device in response to the gateway device approaching the third electronic tag.
  • the gateway device 1010 is configured to send a third connection request to the electric tool based on the connection information of the electric tool.
  • the electric tool 1020 is configured to establish a connection with the gateway device in response to the third connection request.
  • the process of establishing a connection between the gateway device and the electric tool is similar to the process of establishing a connection between the external device and the electric tool.
  • the connection between the gateway device and the electric tool please refer to the introduction to the connection between the external device and the electric tool above. I won't repeat them here.
  • the gateway device is provided with a fourth electronic label, and the fourth electronic label includes the connection information of the gateway device; the external device approaches the fourth electronic label to obtain the connection information of the gateway device; based on the connection information of the gateway device , the external device sends a connection request to the gateway device; the gateway device establishes a connection with the external device in response to the connection request; the external device sends networking information to the gateway device; the gateway device establishes a connection with the router based on the networking information.
  • the gateway device can communicate with the external network through the router, and because the electric tool has established a connection with the gateway device, the electric tool can also access the external network.
  • the gateway device by bringing the gateway device close to the electronic tag, the gateway device can obtain the connection information of the electric tool, and then the gateway device can establish a connection with the electric tool based on the connection information of the electric tool. Connection, this application only needs to bring the gateway device and the electronic tag close to realize the one-key intelligent connection between the electric tool and the gateway device, the operation is simple and the connection speed is fast.
  • FIG. 12 shows a flow chart of a communication method for an electric tool provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the electric tool is provided with a first electronic tag, and the first electronic tag stores connection information of the electric tool.
  • the method may include the steps of:
  • Step 1101 the external device gets close to the first electronic tag set on the electric tool, and obtains the connection information of the electric tool.
  • Step 1102 the external device sends a first connection request to the electric tool based on the connection information of the electric tool.
  • the electric tool receives the first connection request sent by the external device based on the connection information of the electric tool.
  • Step 1103 the electric tool establishes a connection with the external device in response to the first connection request.
  • the external device by bringing the external device close to the electronic tag, the external device can obtain the connection information of the electric tool, and then the external device can establish a connection with the electric tool based on the connection information of the electric tool. Connection, this application only needs to bring the external device and the electronic tag close to realize the one-key intelligent connection between the electric tool and the external device, the operation is simple and the connection speed is fast.
  • a power tool includes a first wireless communication module, and the external device includes a second wireless communication module.
  • FIG. 13 shows a flowchart of a communication method for an electric tool provided by another embodiment of the present application. The method may include the following steps:
  • Step 1201 the external device approaches the first electronic tag set on the electric tool to obtain the connection information of the electric tool.
  • Step 1202 based on the connection information of the electric tool, the external device sends a first connection request to the first wireless communication module through the second wireless communication module.
  • Step 1203 the electric tool establishes a wireless connection with the second wireless communication module through the first wireless communication module in response to the first connection request.
  • connection information of the electric tool includes a Bluetooth address of the electric tool
  • the first wireless communication module includes a first Bluetooth module
  • the second wireless communication module includes a second Bluetooth module.
  • FIG. 14 shows a flowchart of a communication method for an electric tool provided by another embodiment of the present application. The method may include the following steps:
  • Step 1301 the external device approaches the first electronic tag set on the electric tool, and obtains the bluetooth address of the electric tool.
  • Step 1302 based on the Bluetooth address of the electric tool, the external device sends a first Bluetooth connection request to the first Bluetooth module through the second Bluetooth module, where the first connection request includes the first Bluetooth connection request.
  • Step 1303 the electric tool establishes a connection with the second Bluetooth module through the first Bluetooth module in response to the first Bluetooth connection request.
  • the method also includes the following steps:
  • Step 1304 the external device sends networking information to the first Bluetooth module through the second Bluetooth module, and the networking information is used to indicate configuration parameters of the router.
  • Step 1305 the electric tool establishes a connection with the router based on the networking information.
  • connection information of the electric tool includes WiFi information of the electric tool
  • the first wireless communication module includes a first WiFi module
  • the second wireless communication module includes a second WiFi module.
  • FIG. 15 shows a flowchart of a communication method for an electric tool provided by another embodiment of the present application. The method may include the following steps:
  • Step 1401 the external device approaches the first electronic tag set on the electric tool to obtain the WiFi information of the electric tool.
  • Step 1402 based on the WiFi information of the electric tool, the external device sends a first wireless connection request to the first WiFi module through the second WiFi module, where the first connection request includes the first wireless connection request.
  • Step 1403 the electric tool establishes a connection with the second WiFi module through the first WiFi module in response to the first wireless connection request.
  • the above method may also include the following steps:
  • Step 1404 the external device sends networking information to the first WiFi module through the second WiFi module, where the networking information is used to indicate configuration parameters of the router.
  • Step 1405 the electric tool establishes a connection with the router based on the networking information.
  • the WiFi information is information of a hidden WiFi network created by the first WiFi module.
  • connection information of the electric tool includes identification information of the electric tool, and the identification information of the electric tool is used to uniquely identify the electric tool.
  • FIG. 16 shows a flowchart of a communication method for an electric tool provided by another embodiment of the present application. The method may include the following steps:
  • Step 1501 the external device approaches the first electronic tag set on the electric tool, and acquires the identification information of the electric tool.
  • Step 1502 the external device obtains the Bluetooth address of the electric tool based on the identification information of the electric tool and a first correspondence, and the first correspondence includes a correspondence between at least one identification information of the electric tool and the Bluetooth address of the electric tool.
  • Step 1503 the external device sends a second Bluetooth connection request to the electric tool based on the Bluetooth address of the electric tool, and the first connection request includes the second Bluetooth connection request;
  • Step 1504 the electric tool establishes a connection with the external device in response to the second Bluetooth connection request.
  • FIG. 17 shows a flowchart of a communication method for an electric tool provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • the method may include the following steps:
  • Step 1601 the external device approaches the first electronic tag set on the electric tool to obtain the identification information of the electric tool.
  • Step 1602 the external device acquires the WiFi information of the electric tool based on the identification information of the electric tool and a second correspondence, the second correspondence includes a correspondence between at least one identification information of the electric tool and the WiFi information of the electric tool.
  • Step 1603 the external device sends a second wireless connection request to the electric tool based on the WiFi information of the electric tool, and the first connection request includes the second wireless connection request.
  • Step 1604 the electric tool establishes a connection with the external device in response to the second wireless connection request.
  • the external device is close to the first electronic tag, and if the first application program is not installed in the external device, the download link of the first application program is obtained; based on the download link of the first application program, the second application program is downloaded. an application.
  • the external device approaches the first electronic tag, and if the first application program is installed in the external device, the user interface of the first application program is displayed.
  • the external device sends a first connection request to the electric tool based on the connection information of the electric tool in response to the first connection instruction triggered by the user interface of the first application program, the first connection instruction refers to Instructions for establishing a connection between a power tool and an external device.
  • the equipment information of the electric tool is also stored in the first electronic tag, and the equipment information of the electric tool includes at least one of the following: the serial number of the electric tool, the model information of the electric tool, and the date of manufacture of the electric tool.
  • the first electronic tag includes an NFC tag, and there is no communication interface between the NFC tag and the electric tool.
  • the above-mentioned embodiments are described with the electric tool and the external equipment as the main body.
  • the steps performed by the electric tool can be independently realized as the communication method of the electric tool on the electric tool side, and the steps performed by the external equipment can be independently implemented. Realize the communication method of the external device on the external device side.
  • FIG. 18 shows a flow chart of a communication method for a charger of an electric tool provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the charger of the electric tool is provided with a second electronic tag, and the second electronic tag stores electric
  • the connection information of the charger of the tool may include the following steps:
  • Step 1701 the external device approaches the second electronic label set on the charger of the electric tool, and obtains the connection information of the charger.
  • Step 1702 the external device sends a second connection request to the charger based on the connection information of the charger.
  • the charger receives the second connection request sent by the external device based on the connection information of the charger.
  • Step 1703 the charger establishes a connection with the external device in response to the second connection request.
  • the external device by bringing the external device close to the electronic tag, the external device can obtain the connection information of the charger, and then the external device can establish a connection with the charger based on the connection information of the charger. Connection, this application only needs to bring the external device and the electronic tag close to realize the one-key intelligent connection between the charger and the external device, the operation is simple, and the connection speed is fast.
  • the above-mentioned embodiments are described with the charger of the electric tool and the external equipment as the main body, and the steps performed by the charger of the electric tool can be independently implemented as the charger of the electric tool on the charger side of the electric tool
  • the steps performed by the external device can be independently implemented as the communication method of the external device on the external device side.
  • FIG. 19 shows a flow chart of a communication method for an electric tool provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • the electric tool is provided with a third electronic tag, and the third electronic tag stores connection information of the electric tool.
  • the above method may include the following steps:
  • Step 1801 the gateway device gets close to the third electronic tag set on the electric tool, and obtains the connection information of the electric tool.
  • Step 1802 the gateway device sends a third connection request to the electric tool based on the connection information of the electric tool.
  • the electric tool receives the third connection request sent by the gateway device based on the connection information of the electric tool.
  • Step 1803 the electric tool establishes a connection with the gateway device in response to the third connection request.
  • the gateway device establishes a connection with the electric tool.
  • the gateway device by bringing the gateway device close to the electronic tag, the gateway device can obtain the connection information of the electric tool, and then the gateway device can establish a connection with the electric tool based on the connection information of the electric tool. Connection, this application only needs to bring the gateway device and the electronic tag close to realize the one-key intelligent connection between the electric tool and the gateway device, the operation is simple and the connection speed is fast.
  • the above-mentioned embodiments are described with the electric tool and the gateway device as the main body.
  • the steps performed by the relevant electric tool can be independently implemented as a communication method for the electric tool on the electric tool side, and the steps performed by the relevant gateway device can be independently implemented. Realize the communication method of the gateway device that becomes the gateway device side.
  • FIG. 20 shows a block diagram of a communication device of an electric tool provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the electric tool is provided with a first electronic tag, and the first electronic tag stores connection information of the electric tool.
  • the device has the function of realizing the above-mentioned method example, and the function may be realized by hardware, or may be realized by executing corresponding software by the hardware.
  • the device 1900 may include:
  • the request receiving unit 1910 is configured to receive a first connection request sent by an external device based on the connection information of the electric tool;
  • the connection establishing unit 1920 is configured to establish a connection with the external device in response to the first connection request.
  • the external device by bringing the external device close to the electronic tag, the external device can obtain the connection information of the electric tool, and then the external device can establish a connection with the electric tool based on the connection information of the electric tool. Connection, this application only needs to bring the external device and the electronic tag close to realize the one-key intelligent connection between the electric tool and the external device, the operation is simple and the connection speed is fast.
  • the division of the above-mentioned functional modules is used as an example for illustration. In practical applications, the above-mentioned function allocation can be completed by different functional modules according to the needs.
  • the content structure of the electric tool is divided into different functional modules to complete all or part of the functions described above.
  • the device provided by the above embodiment and the system embodiment belong to the same idea, and the implementation process thereof is detailed in the system embodiment, and will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 21 shows a block diagram of a communication device for an external device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device has the function of realizing the above-mentioned method example, and the function may be realized by hardware, or may be realized by executing corresponding software by the hardware.
  • the device 2000 may include:
  • the information acquiring unit 2010 is configured to be close to the first electronic tag set on the electric tool, and acquire the connection information of the electric tool;
  • the request sending unit 2020 is configured to send a first connection request to the electric tool based on the connection information of the electric tool;
  • the connection establishment unit 2030 is configured to establish a connection with the electric tool.
  • the external device by bringing the external device close to the electronic tag, the external device can obtain the connection information of the electric tool, and then the external device can establish a connection with the electric tool based on the connection information of the electric tool. Connection, this application only needs to bring the external device and the electronic tag close to realize the one-key intelligent connection between the electric tool and the external device, the operation is simple and the connection speed is fast.
  • the division of the above-mentioned functional modules is used as an example for illustration. In practical applications, the above-mentioned function allocation can be completed by different functional modules according to the needs.
  • the content structure of the external device is divided into different functional modules to complete all or part of the functions described above.
  • the device provided by the above embodiment and the system embodiment belong to the same idea, and its implementation process is detailed in the system embodiment, and will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 22 shows a block diagram of a communication device for a charger of an electric tool provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the charger of the electric tool is provided with a second electronic label, and the second electronic label stores connection information of the charger of the electric tool.
  • the device has the function of realizing the above-mentioned method example, and the function may be realized by hardware, or may be realized by executing corresponding software by the hardware.
  • the device 2100 may include:
  • the request receiving unit 2110 is configured to receive a second connection request sent by an external device based on the connection information of the charger;
  • the connection establishing unit 2120 is configured to establish a connection with the external device in response to the second connection request.
  • the external device by bringing the external device close to the electronic tag, the external device can obtain the connection information of the charger, and then the external device can establish a connection with the charger based on the connection information of the charger. Connection, this application only needs to bring the external device and the electronic tag close to realize the one-key intelligent connection between the charger and the external device, the operation is simple, and the connection speed is fast.
  • the division of the above-mentioned functional modules is used as an example for illustration. In practical applications, the above-mentioned function allocation can be completed by different functional modules according to the needs.
  • the content structure of the charger of the electric tool is divided into different functional modules to complete all or part of the functions described above.
  • the device provided by the above embodiment and the system embodiment belong to the same idea, and the implementation process thereof is detailed in the system embodiment, and will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 23 shows a block diagram of a communication device for an external device provided in another embodiment of the present application.
  • the device has the function of realizing the above-mentioned method example, and the function may be realized by hardware, or may be realized by executing corresponding software by the hardware.
  • the device 2200 may include:
  • the information obtaining unit 2210 is configured to be close to the second electronic label provided on the charger of the electric tool, and obtain the connection information of the charger;
  • the request sending unit 2220 is configured to send a second connection request to the charger based on the connection information of the charger;
  • the connection establishment unit 2230 is configured to establish a connection with the charger.
  • the external device by bringing the external device close to the electronic tag, the external device can obtain the connection information of the charger, and then the external device can establish a connection with the charger based on the connection information of the charger. Connection, this application only needs to bring the external device and the electronic tag close to realize the one-key intelligent connection between the charger and the external device, the operation is simple, and the connection speed is fast.
  • the division of the above-mentioned functional modules is used as an example for illustration. In practical applications, the above-mentioned function allocation can be completed by different functional modules according to the needs.
  • the content structure of the external device is divided into different functional modules to complete all or part of the functions described above.
  • the device provided by the above embodiment and the system embodiment belong to the same idea, and the implementation process thereof is detailed in the system embodiment, and will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 24 shows a block diagram of a communication device of an electric tool provided by another embodiment of the present application.
  • the electric tool is provided with a third electronic tag, and the third electronic tag stores connection information of the electric tool.
  • the device has the function of realizing the above-mentioned method example, and the function may be realized by hardware, or may be realized by executing corresponding software by the hardware.
  • the device 2300 may include:
  • the request receiving unit 2310 is configured to receive a third connection request sent by the gateway device based on the connection information of the electric tool;
  • the connection establishing unit 2320 is configured to establish a connection with the gateway device in response to the third connection request.
  • the gateway device by bringing the gateway device close to the electronic tag, the gateway device can obtain the connection information of the electric tool, and then the gateway device can establish a connection with the electric tool based on the connection information of the electric tool. Connection, this application only needs to bring the gateway device and the electronic tag close to realize the one-key intelligent connection between the electric tool and the gateway device, the operation is simple and the connection speed is fast.
  • the division of the above-mentioned functional modules is used as an example for illustration. In practical applications, the above-mentioned function allocation can be completed by different functional modules according to the needs.
  • the content structure of the electric tool is divided into different functional modules to complete all or part of the functions described above.
  • the device provided by the above embodiment and the system embodiment belong to the same idea, and the implementation process thereof is detailed in the system embodiment, and will not be repeated here.
  • FIG. 25 shows a block diagram of a communication device of a gateway device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • the device has the function of realizing the above-mentioned method example, and the function may be realized by hardware, or may be realized by executing corresponding software by the hardware.
  • the device 2400 may include:
  • the information obtaining unit 2410 is configured to be close to the third electronic tag provided on the electric tool, and obtain the connection information of the electric tool;
  • the request sending unit 2420 is configured to send a third connection request to the electric tool based on the connection information of the electric tool;
  • the connection establishment unit 2430 is configured to establish a connection with the electric tool.
  • the gateway device by bringing the gateway device close to the electronic tag, the gateway device can obtain the connection information of the electric tool, and then the gateway device can establish a connection with the electric tool based on the connection information of the electric tool. Connection, this application only needs to bring the gateway device and the electronic tag close to realize the one-key intelligent connection between the electric tool and the gateway device, the operation is simple and the connection speed is fast.
  • the division of the above-mentioned functional modules is used as an example for illustration. In practical applications, the above-mentioned function allocation can be completed by different functional modules according to the needs.
  • the content structure of the gateway device is divided into different functional modules to complete all or part of the functions described above.
  • the device provided by the above embodiment and the system embodiment belong to the same idea, and the implementation process thereof is detailed in the system embodiment, and will not be repeated here.
  • an electric tool is also provided, and the electric tool includes a processor and a memory, and the memory stores at least one instruction, at least one program, a code set or an instruction set.
  • the at least one instruction, at least one program, code set or instruction set is configured to be executed by at least one processor, so as to realize the communication method of the electric tool mentioned above.
  • an external device the external device includes a processor and a memory, and the memory stores at least one instruction, at least one program, a code set or an instruction set.
  • the at least one instruction, at least one section of program, code set or instruction set is configured to be executed by at least one processor, so as to realize the communication method of the above-mentioned external device.
  • a charger for an electric tool includes a processor and a memory, and the memory stores at least one instruction, at least one program, a code set or an instruction set.
  • the at least one instruction, at least one section of program, code set or instruction set is configured to be executed by at least one processor, so as to realize the above-mentioned communication method of the charger of the electric tool.
  • an external device the external device includes a processor and a memory, and the memory stores at least one instruction, at least one program, a code set or an instruction set.
  • the at least one instruction, at least one section of program, code set or instruction set is configured to be executed by at least one processor, so as to realize the communication method of the above-mentioned external device.
  • an electric tool is also provided, and the electric tool includes a processor and a memory, and the memory stores at least one instruction, at least one program, a code set or an instruction set.
  • the at least one instruction, at least one program, code set or instruction set is configured to be executed by at least one processor, so as to realize the communication method of the electric tool mentioned above.
  • a gateway device in an exemplary embodiment, includes a processor and a memory, and the memory stores at least one instruction, at least one program, a code set or an instruction set.
  • the at least one instruction, at least one section of program, code set or instruction set is configured to be executed by at least one processor, so as to realize the above-mentioned communication method of the gateway device.
  • the "plurality” mentioned herein means at least two.
  • “And/or” describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that there may be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B may indicate: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists independently.
  • the character "/” generally indicates that the contextual objects are an "or” relationship.
  • the numbering of the steps described herein only exemplarily shows a possible sequence of execution among the steps. In some other embodiments, the above-mentioned steps may not be executed according to the order of the numbers, such as two different numbers The steps are executed at the same time, or two steps with different numbers are executed in the reverse order as shown in the illustration, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
  • the program can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium.
  • the above-mentioned The storage medium mentioned may be a read-only memory, a magnetic disk or an optical disk, and the like.

Abstract

The embodiments of the present application belong to the technical field of communications. Disclosed are a communication system, method and apparatus applied to an electric tool, and an electric tool. The system comprises an external device and an electric tool, wherein a first electronic tag is provided on the electric tool; the first electronic tag is configured to send connection information of the electric tool to the external device in response to the external device approaching the first electronic tag; the external device is configured to send a first connection request to the electric tool on the basis of the connection information of the electric tool; and the electric tool is configured to establish a connection with the external device in response to the first connection request.

Description

应用于电动工具的通信系统、通信方法、装置及电动工具Communication system, communication method, device and electric tool applied to electric tool
本申请要求在2021年8月27日提交中国专利局、申请号为202110993356.X的中国专利申请的优先权,该申请的全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims priority to a Chinese patent application with application number 202110993356.X filed with the China Patent Office on August 27, 2021, the entire contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.
技术领域technical field
本申请实施例涉及通信技术领域,例如涉及一种应用于电动工具的通信系统、通信方法、装置及电动工具。The embodiments of the present application relate to the technical field of communication, for example, to a communication system, a communication method, a device, and an electric tool applied to an electric tool.
背景技术Background technique
电动工具可以大大减轻劳动强度,提高工作效率,实现手工操作机械化。Electric tools can greatly reduce labor intensity, improve work efficiency, and realize the mechanization of manual operation.
通过外部设备对电动工具进行控制可以大大提高操作的便利性,而在通过外部设备对电动工具进行控制之前,需要将电动工具与外部设备建立通信连接。因此,如何实现电动工具与外部设备的快速连接是亟待解决的问题。Controlling the electric tool through the external device can greatly improve the convenience of operation, but before controlling the electric tool through the external device, it is necessary to establish a communication connection between the electric tool and the external device. Therefore, how to realize the fast connection between the electric tool and the external equipment is an urgent problem to be solved.
发明内容Contents of the invention
本申请实施例提供了一种应用于电动工具的通信系统、通信方法、装置及电动工具,可实现电动工具与外部设备之间的快速连接。技术方案如下:Embodiments of the present application provide a communication system, a communication method, a device, and an electric tool applied to an electric tool, which can realize quick connection between the electric tool and external equipment. The technical solution is as follows:
一方面,本申请实施例提供一种应用于电动工具的通信系统,所述系统包括:外部设备、电动工具,所述电动工具上设置有第一电子标签;On the one hand, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system applied to an electric tool, the system includes: an external device, an electric tool, and the electric tool is provided with a first electronic tag;
所述第一电子标签,设置为响应于所述外部设备靠近所述第一电子标签,将所述电动工具的连接信息发送给所述外部设备;The first electronic tag is configured to send connection information of the electric tool to the external device in response to the external device approaching the first electronic tag;
所述外部设备,设置为基于所述电动工具的连接信息,向所述电动工具发送第一连接请求;The external device is configured to send a first connection request to the electric tool based on the connection information of the electric tool;
所述电动工具,设置为响应于所述第一连接请求,与所述外部设备建立连接。The electric tool is configured to establish a connection with the external device in response to the first connection request.
另一方面,本申请实施例提供一种应用于电动工具的充电器的通信系统, 所述系统包括:外部设备、电动工具的充电器,所述电动工具的充电器上设置有第二电子标签;On the other hand, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system applied to a charger of an electric tool, the system includes: an external device, a charger of the electric tool, and the charger of the electric tool is provided with a second electronic tag ;
所述第二电子标签,设置为响应于所述外部设备靠近所述第二电子标签,将所述充电器的连接信息发送给所述外部设备;The second electronic tag is configured to send connection information of the charger to the external device in response to the external device approaching the second electronic tag;
所述外部设备,设置为基于所述充电器的连接信息,向所述充电器发送第二连接请求;The external device is configured to send a second connection request to the charger based on the connection information of the charger;
所述充电器,设置为响应于所述第二连接请求,与所述外部设备建立连接。The charger is configured to establish a connection with the external device in response to the second connection request.
另一方面,本申请实施例提供一种网关设备的通信系统,On the other hand, the embodiment of the present application provides a communication system of a gateway device,
所述系统包括:网关设备、电动工具,所述电动工具上设置有第三电子标签;The system includes: a gateway device and an electric tool, the electric tool is provided with a third electronic tag;
所述第三电子标签,设置为响应于所述网关设备靠近所述第三电子标签,将所述电动工具的连接信息发送给所述网关设备;The third electronic tag is configured to send connection information of the electric tool to the gateway device in response to the gateway device approaching the third electronic tag;
所述网关设备,设置为基于所述电动工具的连接信息,向所述电动工具发送第三连接请求;The gateway device is configured to send a third connection request to the electric tool based on the connection information of the electric tool;
所述电动工具,设置为响应于所述第三连接请求,与所述网关设备建立连接。The electric tool is configured to establish a connection with the gateway device in response to the third connection request.
另一方面,本申请实施例提供一种电动工具的通信方法,所述电动工具上设置有第一电子标签,所述第一电子标签存储有所述电动工具的连接信息,所述方法包括:On the other hand, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method for an electric tool, where the electric tool is provided with a first electronic tag, and the first electronic tag stores connection information of the electric tool, and the method includes:
接收外部设备基于所述电动工具的连接信息发送的第一连接请求;receiving a first connection request sent by an external device based on the connection information of the electric tool;
响应于所述第一连接请求,与所述外部设备建立连接。In response to the first connection request, a connection is established with the external device.
另一方面,本申请实施例提供一种外部设备的通信方法,所述方法包括:On the other hand, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method for an external device, the method including:
靠近电动工具上设置的第一电子标签,获取所述电动工具的连接信息;Get close to the first electronic label set on the electric tool to obtain the connection information of the electric tool;
基于所述电动工具的连接信息,向所述电动工具发送第一连接请求;sending a first connection request to the electric tool based on the connection information of the electric tool;
与所述电动工具建立连接。Establish a connection with the power tool.
另一方面,本申请实施例提供一种电动工具的充电器的通信方法,所述电 动工具的充电器上设置有第二电子标签,所述第二电子标签存储有所述电动工具的充电器的连接信息,所述方法包括:On the other hand, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method for a charger of an electric tool, the charger of the electric tool is provided with a second electronic tag, and the second electronic tag stores the charger of the electric tool connection information, the method includes:
接收外部设备基于所述充电器的连接信息发送的第二连接请求;receiving a second connection request sent by an external device based on the connection information of the charger;
响应于所述第二连接请求,与所述外部设备建立连接。In response to the second connection request, a connection is established with the external device.
另一方面,本申请实施例提供一种外部设备的通信方法,所述方法包括:On the other hand, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method for an external device, the method including:
靠近电动工具的充电器上设置的第二电子标签,获取所述充电器的连接信息;Close to the second electronic label set on the charger of the electric tool to obtain the connection information of the charger;
基于所述充电器的连接信息,向所述充电器发送第二连接请求;sending a second connection request to the charger based on the connection information of the charger;
与所述充电器建立连接。Establish a connection with the charger.
另一方面,本申请实施例提供一种电动工具的通信方法,所述电动工具上设置有第三电子标签,所述第三电子标签存储有所述电动工具的连接信息,所述方法包括:On the other hand, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method for an electric tool, the electric tool is provided with a third electronic tag, and the third electronic tag stores connection information of the electric tool, and the method includes:
接收网关设备基于所述电动工具的连接信息发送的第三连接请求;receiving a third connection request sent by the gateway device based on the connection information of the electric tool;
响应于所述第三连接请求,与所述网关设备建立连接。In response to the third connection request, establish a connection with the gateway device.
另一方面,本申请实施例提供一种网关设备的通信方法,所述方法包括:On the other hand, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication method for a gateway device, the method including:
靠近电动工具上设置的第三电子标签,获取所述电动工具的连接信息;Get close to the third electronic label set on the electric tool to obtain the connection information of the electric tool;
基于所述电动工具的连接信息,向所述电动工具发送第三连接请求;sending a third connection request to the electric tool based on the connection information of the electric tool;
与所述电动工具建立连接。Establish a connection with the power tool.
另一方面,本申请实施例提供一种电动工具的通信装置,所述电动工具上设置有第一电子标签,所述第一电子标签存储有所述电动工具的连接信息,所述装置包括:On the other hand, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device for an electric tool, the electric tool is provided with a first electronic tag, and the first electronic tag stores connection information of the electric tool, and the device includes:
请求接收单元,设置为接收外部设备基于所述电动工具的连接信息发送的第一连接请求;a request receiving unit configured to receive a first connection request sent by an external device based on the connection information of the electric tool;
连接建立单元,设置为响应于所述第一连接请求,与所述外部设备建立连接。A connection establishing unit configured to establish a connection with the external device in response to the first connection request.
另一方面,本申请实施例提供一种外部设备的通信装置,所述装置包括:On the other hand, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device for an external device, and the device includes:
信息获取单元,设置为靠近电动工具上设置的第一电子标签,获取所述电动工具的连接信息;An information acquisition unit, configured to be close to the first electronic tag provided on the electric tool, to obtain connection information of the electric tool;
请求发送单元,设置为基于所述电动工具的连接信息,向所述电动工具发送第一连接请求;a request sending unit configured to send a first connection request to the electric tool based on the connection information of the electric tool;
连接建立单元,设置为与所述电动工具建立连接。A connection establishment unit is configured to establish a connection with the electric tool.
另一方面,本申请实施例提供一种电动工具的充电器的通信装置,所述电动工具的充电器上设置有第二电子标签,所述第二电子标签存储有所述电动工具的充电器的连接信息,所述装置包括:On the other hand, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device for a charger of an electric tool, the charger of the electric tool is provided with a second electronic tag, and the second electronic tag stores the charger of the electric tool The connection information for the device includes:
请求接收单元,设置为接收外部设备基于所述充电器的连接信息发送的第二连接请求;a request receiving unit configured to receive a second connection request sent by an external device based on the connection information of the charger;
连接建立单元,设置为响应于所述第二连接请求,与所述外部设备建立连接。A connection establishing unit configured to establish a connection with the external device in response to the second connection request.
另一方面,本申请实施例提供一种外部设备的通信装置,所述装置包括:On the other hand, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device for an external device, and the device includes:
信息获取单元,设置为靠近电动工具的充电器上设置的第二电子标签,获取所述充电器的连接信息;The information acquisition unit is configured to be close to the second electronic label provided on the charger of the electric tool, and acquire the connection information of the charger;
请求发送单元,设置为基于所述充电器的连接信息,向所述充电器发送第二连接请求;a request sending unit configured to send a second connection request to the charger based on the connection information of the charger;
连接建立单元,设置为与所述充电器建立连接。A connection establishing unit, configured to establish a connection with the charger.
另一方面,本申请实施例提供一种电动工具的通信装置,所述电动工具上设置有第三电子标签,所述第三电子标签存储有所述电动工具的连接信息,所述装置包括:On the other hand, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device for an electric tool, the electric tool is provided with a third electronic tag, and the third electronic tag stores connection information of the electric tool, and the device includes:
请求接收单元,设置为接收网关设备基于所述电动工具的连接信息发送的第三连接请求;a request receiving unit configured to receive a third connection request sent by the gateway device based on the connection information of the electric tool;
连接建立单元,设置为响应于所述第三连接请求,与所述网关设备建立连接。A connection establishing unit configured to establish a connection with the gateway device in response to the third connection request.
另一方面,本申请实施例提供一种网关设备的通信装置,所述装置包括:On the other hand, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication device for a gateway device, where the device includes:
信息获取单元,设置为靠近电动工具上设置的第三电子标签,获取所述电动工具的连接信息;An information acquisition unit, configured to be close to the third electronic tag provided on the electric tool, to obtain the connection information of the electric tool;
请求发送单元,设置为基于所述电动工具的连接信息,向所述电动工具发送第三连接请求;a request sending unit configured to send a third connection request to the electric tool based on the connection information of the electric tool;
连接建立单元,设置为与所述电动工具建立连接。A connection establishment unit is configured to establish a connection with the electric tool.
又一方面,本申请实施例提供一种电动工具,所述电动工具包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器中存储有至少一条指令、至少一段程序、代码集或指令集,所述至少一条指令、所述至少一段程序、所述代码集或指令集由所述处理器加载并执行以实现如上述方面所述的电动工具的通信方法。In another aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an electric tool, the electric tool includes a processor and a memory, and the memory stores at least one instruction, at least one program, a code set or an instruction set, and the at least one instruction, The at least one program, the code set or the instruction set is loaded and executed by the processor to implement the communication method of the electric tool as described in the above aspects.
又一方面,本申请实施例提供一种外部设备,所述外部设备包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器中存储有至少一条指令、至少一段程序、代码集或指令集,所述至少一条指令、所述至少一段程序、所述代码集或指令集由所述处理器加载并执行以实现如上述方面所述的外部设备的通信方法。In yet another aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an external device, the external device includes a processor and a memory, and the memory stores at least one instruction, at least one program, a code set or an instruction set, and the at least one instruction, The at least one program, the code set or the instruction set is loaded and executed by the processor to implement the communication method of the external device as described in the above aspects.
又一方面,本申请实施例提供一种电动工具的充电器,所述充电器包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器中存储有至少一条指令、至少一段程序、代码集或指令集,所述至少一条指令、所述至少一段程序、所述代码集或指令集由所述处理器加载并执行以实现如上述方面所述的电动工具的充电器的通信方法。In yet another aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a charger for an electric tool, the charger includes a processor and a memory, and the memory stores at least one instruction, at least one program, a code set or an instruction set, and the at least An instruction, the at least one program, the code set or the instruction set are loaded and executed by the processor to implement the communication method for the charger of the electric tool as described in the above aspects.
又一方面,本申请实施例提供一种外部设备,所述外部设备包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器中存储有至少一条指令、至少一段程序、代码集或指令集,所述至少一条指令、所述至少一段程序、所述代码集或指令集由所述处理器加载并执行以实现如上述方面所述的外部设备的通信方法。In yet another aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an external device, the external device includes a processor and a memory, and the memory stores at least one instruction, at least one program, a code set or an instruction set, and the at least one instruction, The at least one program, the code set or the instruction set is loaded and executed by the processor to implement the communication method of the external device as described in the above aspects.
又一方面,本申请实施例提供一种电动工具,所述电动工具包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器中存储有至少一条指令、至少一段程序、代码集或指令集,所述至少一条指令、所述至少一段程序、所述代码集或指令集由所述处理器加载并执行以实现如上述方面所述的电动工具的通信方法。In another aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides an electric tool, the electric tool includes a processor and a memory, and the memory stores at least one instruction, at least one program, a code set or an instruction set, and the at least one instruction, The at least one program, the code set or the instruction set is loaded and executed by the processor to implement the communication method of the electric tool as described in the above aspects.
又一方面,本申请实施例提供一种网关设备,所述网关设备包括处理器和存储 器,所述存储器中存储有至少一条指令、至少一段程序、代码集或指令集,所述至少一条指令、所述至少一段程序、所述代码集或指令集由所述处理器加载并执行以实现如上述方面所述的网关设备的通信方法。In yet another aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a gateway device, the gateway device includes a processor and a memory, the memory stores at least one instruction, at least one program, a code set, or an instruction set, and the at least one instruction, The at least one program, the code set or the instruction set is loaded and executed by the processor to implement the communication method of the gateway device as described in the above aspects.
附图说明Description of drawings
图1是本申请一个实施例提供的应用于电动工具的通信系统的示意图;Fig. 1 is a schematic diagram of a communication system applied to an electric tool provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图2是本申请另一个实施例提供的应用于电动工具的通信系统的示意图;Fig. 2 is a schematic diagram of a communication system applied to an electric tool provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图3是本申请另一个实施例提供的应用于电动工具的通信系统的示意图;Fig. 3 is a schematic diagram of a communication system applied to an electric tool provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图4是本申请另一个实施例提供的应用于电动工具的通信系统的示意图;Fig. 4 is a schematic diagram of a communication system applied to an electric tool provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图5是本申请另一个实施例提供的应用于电动工具的通信系统的示意图;Fig. 5 is a schematic diagram of a communication system applied to an electric tool provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图6是本申请一个实施例提供的应用于电动工具的充电器的通信系统的示意图;Fig. 6 is a schematic diagram of a communication system applied to a charger of an electric tool provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7是本申请另一个实施例提供的应用于电动工具的充电器的通信系统的示意图;Fig. 7 is a schematic diagram of a communication system applied to a charger of an electric tool provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图8是本申请另一个实施例提供的应用于电动工具的充电器的通信系统的示意图;Fig. 8 is a schematic diagram of a communication system applied to a charger of an electric tool provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图9是本申请另一个实施例提供的应用于电动工具的充电器的通信系统的示意图;Fig. 9 is a schematic diagram of a communication system applied to a charger of an electric tool provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图10是本申请另一个实施例提供的应用于电动工具的充电器的通信系统的示意图;Fig. 10 is a schematic diagram of a communication system applied to a charger of an electric tool provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图11是本申请一个实施例提供的网关设备的通信系统的示意图;FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram of a communication system of a gateway device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图12是本申请一个实施例提供的电动工具的通信方法的流程图;Fig. 12 is a flowchart of a communication method of an electric tool provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图13是本申请另一个实施例提供的电动工具的通信方法的流程图;Fig. 13 is a flowchart of a communication method for an electric tool provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图14是本申请另一个实施例提供的电动工具的通信方法的流程图;Fig. 14 is a flowchart of a communication method for an electric tool provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图15是本申请另一个实施例提供的电动工具的通信方法的流程图;Fig. 15 is a flowchart of a communication method of an electric tool provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图16是本申请另一个实施例提供的电动工具的通信方法的流程图;Fig. 16 is a flowchart of a communication method for an electric tool provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图17是本申请另一个实施例提供的电动工具的通信方法的流程图;Fig. 17 is a flowchart of a communication method for an electric tool provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图18是本申请一个实施例提供的电动工具的充电器的通信方法的流程图;Fig. 18 is a flowchart of a communication method for a charger of an electric tool provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图19是本申请另一个实施例提供的电动工具的通信方法的流程图;Fig. 19 is a flowchart of a communication method for an electric tool provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图20是本申请一个实施例提供的电动工具的通信装置的框图;Fig. 20 is a block diagram of a communication device of an electric tool provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图21是本申请一个实施例提供的外部设备的通信装置的框图;Fig. 21 is a block diagram of a communication device for an external device provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图22是本申请一个实施例提供的电动工具的充电器的通信装置的框图;Fig. 22 is a block diagram of a communication device of a charger of an electric tool provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图23是本申请另一个实施例提供的外部设备的通信装置的框图;Fig. 23 is a block diagram of a communication device of an external device provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图24是本申请另一个实施例提供的电动工具的通信装置的框图;Fig. 24 is a block diagram of a communication device of an electric tool provided by another embodiment of the present application;
图25是本申请一个实施例提供的网关设备的通信装置的框图。Fig. 25 is a block diagram of a communication device of a gateway device provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
为使本申请的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚,下面将结合附图对本申请实施方式作详细描述。In order to make the purpose, technical solutions and advantages of the present application clearer, the implementation manners of the present application will be described in detail below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings.
请参考图1,其示出了本申请一个实施例提供的应用于电动工具的通信系统的示意图。该系统100包括:外部设备110、电动工具120,电动工具120上设置有第一电子标签121。Please refer to FIG. 1 , which shows a schematic diagram of a communication system applied to an electric tool provided by an embodiment of the present application. The system 100 includes: an external device 110 , an electric tool 120 , and a first electronic tag 121 is arranged on the electric tool 120 .
外部设备110是指与电动工具120进行连接的设备。示例性地,外部设备110可以设置为控制电动工具120,例如,外部设备110可以设置为控制电动工具120的工作参数(例如,转速、工作时长、工作深度、工作位置等)。外部设备110可以是移动终端,该移动终端可以是手机、智能可穿戴设备(例如,智能手表、智能手环等)、平板电脑或控制终端(该控制终端是指电动工具的厂商生产出来的用于控制电动工具的移动终端)等,本申请实施例对外部设备110的类型不作限定。 External device 110 refers to a device connected to electric tool 120 . Exemplarily, the external device 110 may be configured to control the electric tool 120 , for example, the external device 110 may be configured to control working parameters of the electric tool 120 (eg, rotation speed, working duration, working depth, working position, etc.). The external device 110 can be a mobile terminal, and the mobile terminal can be a mobile phone, a smart wearable device (for example, a smart watch, a smart bracelet, etc.), a tablet computer or a control terminal (the control terminal refers to a user terminal produced by an electric tool manufacturer). The type of the external device 110 is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
需要说明的是,不同类型的电动工具120的工作参数可以不同,上述介绍的工作参数仅是示例性的,其可以根据实际应用场景进行设置,本申请对工作 参数的类型和数量不作限定。It should be noted that the working parameters of different types of electric tools 120 may be different. The working parameters described above are only exemplary and can be set according to actual application scenarios. The application does not limit the type and number of working parameters.
在本申请实施例中,电动工具120包括壳体、电机、输出轴和开关系统。壳体形成有用于设置电机的容纳腔,电机设置在壳体形成的容纳腔内,输出轴设置为转动以输出动力,开关系统设置为供用户操作以控制电动工具,例如,开关系统可以控制以下至少一项:电机的启动、电机的转向等。可以理解的是,本申请实施例示意的结构并不构成对电动工具的限定。在其他可能的实现方式中,电动工具还可以包括比上述介绍更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者拆分某些部件,或者不同的部件设置,本申请实施例对此不作限定。电动工具120包括但不限于:链锯、电钻、圆锯、锤钻、角磨、扫雪机、打草机、往复锯等。In the embodiment of the present application, the electric tool 120 includes a housing, a motor, an output shaft and a switch system. The housing is formed with an accommodation chamber for setting the motor, the motor is disposed in the accommodation chamber formed by the housing, the output shaft is configured to rotate to output power, and the switch system is configured to be operated by the user to control the electric tool, for example, the switch system can control the following At least one item: the start of the motor, the direction of the motor, etc. It can be understood that the structure shown in the embodiment of the present application does not constitute a limitation to the electric tool. In other possible implementations, the electric tool may also include more or fewer components than those described above, or combine certain components, or split certain components, or arrange different components, which is not made in this embodiment of the present application. limited. Power tools 120 include, but are not limited to: chain saws, electric drills, circular saws, hammer drills, angle grinders, snowplows, lawn trimmers, reciprocating saws, and the like.
在本申请实施例中,电动工具120上设置有第一电子标签121。该第一电子标签121包括NFC(Near Field Communication,近场通信)标签或RFID(Radio Frequency Identification,射频识别)标签。In the embodiment of the present application, the electric tool 120 is provided with a first electronic tag 121 . The first electronic tag 121 includes an NFC (Near Field Communication, near field communication) tag or an RFID (Radio Frequency Identification, radio frequency identification) tag.
在可能的实现方式中,电动工具120上的第一电子标签121是在电动工具120出厂之前,设置在电动工具120上的。示例性地,第一电子标签121可以贴附在电动工具120内,例如,第一电子标签121可以贴附在电动工具120的壳体(例如,把手壳体、电池包壳体、基座壳体或其他壳体等)内,此时,与第一电子标签121的贴附区域对应的壳体外部区域可以设置有提示标签,该提示标签用于提示该区域设置有第一电子标签121,用户可以将外部设备110靠近该区域,以实现电动工具120和外部设备110之间的连接。示例性地,第一电子标签121可以贴附在电动工具120外,例如,第一电子标签121可以贴附在电动工具120的壳体外。本申请实施例对第一电子标签121在电动工具120上的设置位置不作限定,第一电子标签121可以设置在电动工具120方便外部设备110靠近的任意位置处。In a possible implementation manner, the first electronic label 121 on the electric tool 120 is set on the electric tool 120 before the electric tool 120 leaves the factory. Exemplarily, the first electronic label 121 can be affixed in the electric tool 120, for example, the first electronic label 121 can be affixed on the casing of the electric tool 120 (for example, the handle casing, the battery pack casing, the base casing) Body or other casings, etc.), at this time, the outer area of the housing corresponding to the attachment area of the first electronic tag 121 can be provided with a prompt label, and the prompt label is used to remind that the area is provided with the first electronic tag 121, The user can bring the external device 110 close to this area to realize the connection between the power tool 120 and the external device 110 . Exemplarily, the first electronic label 121 can be attached outside the electric tool 120 , for example, the first electronic label 121 can be attached outside the casing of the electric tool 120 . The embodiment of the present application does not limit the installation position of the first electronic tag 121 on the electric tool 120 , and the first electronic tag 121 may be installed at any position of the electric tool 120 that is convenient for the external device 110 to approach.
在可能的实现方式中,电动工具120上的第一电子标签121是在电动工具120出厂之后,再设置到电动工具120上的。例如,可以由用户或者厂商将第一 电子标签121粘贴到电动工具120上。可选地,外部设备110通过第一电子标签121能够获取到第一电子标签121的标签ID(Identification,身份标识),第一电子标签121的标签ID用于唯一标识该第一电子标签121。用户在使用过程中,可以配置该第一电子标签121的标签ID与电动工具120的连接信息的对应关系,以使得该标签ID可以与电动工具120对应。In a possible implementation manner, the first electronic label 121 on the electric tool 120 is set on the electric tool 120 after the electric tool 120 leaves the factory. For example, the first electronic label 121 can be pasted on the electric tool 120 by a user or a manufacturer. Optionally, the external device 110 can obtain a tag ID (Identification, identification) of the first electronic tag 121 through the first electronic tag 121, and the tag ID of the first electronic tag 121 is used to uniquely identify the first electronic tag 121. During use, the user can configure the correspondence between the tag ID of the first electronic tag 121 and the connection information of the electric tool 120 , so that the tag ID can correspond to the electric tool 120 .
在可能的实现方式中,第一电子标签包括NFC标签,且第一电子标签121与电动工具120不存在通信接口,此时,第一电子标签可以为被动式标签。In a possible implementation manner, the first electronic tag includes an NFC tag, and there is no communication interface between the first electronic tag 121 and the electric tool 120 , in this case, the first electronic tag may be a passive tag.
在可能的实现方式中,外部设备110包括NFC模块。外部设备110的NFC模块靠近第一电子标签121时,外部设备110可以获取到电动工具120的连接信息,从而基于该连接信息与电动工具120建立连接。外部设备110的NFC模块靠近第一电子标签121指的是:外部设备110的NFC模块与第一电子标签121之间的距离小于预设阈值。预设阈值可以是10厘米、20厘米或其他数值,本申请实施例对预设阈值的数值不作限定,其可以由技术人员进行设定。In a possible implementation manner, the external device 110 includes an NFC module. When the NFC module of the external device 110 is close to the first electronic tag 121 , the external device 110 can obtain the connection information of the electric tool 120 , so as to establish a connection with the electric tool 120 based on the connection information. The NFC module of the external device 110 being close to the first electronic tag 121 means that the distance between the NFC module of the external device 110 and the first electronic tag 121 is smaller than a preset threshold. The preset threshold may be 10 cm, 20 cm or other values. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the value of the preset threshold, which may be set by a technician.
下面,对第一电子标签121的工作原理进行介绍说明。一般而言,电子标签可以分为三类:被动式标签、半主动式标签和主动式标签。Next, the working principle of the first electronic tag 121 will be described. Generally speaking, electronic tags can be divided into three categories: passive tags, semi-active tags and active tags.
被动式标签:被动式标签中没有内部供电电源。被动式标签被外部设备的通信模块靠近时,可以接收到通信模块发送的电磁波。被动式标签的内部集成电路通过接收到的电磁波信号进行驱动。当被动式标签接收到足够强度的电磁波信号时,可以向上述通信模块发送该被动式标签中保存的数据。Passive tags: There is no internal power supply in passive tags. When the passive tag is approached by the communication module of the external device, it can receive the electromagnetic wave sent by the communication module. The internal integrated circuit of the passive tag is driven by the received electromagnetic wave signal. When the passive tag receives an electromagnetic wave signal of sufficient strength, it can send the data stored in the passive tag to the communication module.
半主动式标签:半主动式标签的工作方式与被动式标签的工作方式类似。不同的是,半主动式标签中包括一个小型电池,该小型电池的电力足以驱动半主动式标签的内部集成电路,使得该集成电路处于工作状态。由于半主动式标签中包括上述小型电池,因此相比于被动式标签,半主动式标签的反应速度更快。Semi-active tags: Semi-active tags work in a similar way to passive tags. The difference is that the semi-active tag includes a small battery, and the power of the small battery is enough to drive the internal integrated circuit of the semi-active tag, so that the integrated circuit is in a working state. Due to the aforementioned small battery included in semi-active tags, semi-active tags respond faster than passive tags.
主动式标签:主动式标签中包括内部供电电源,用以供应内部集成电路所需电源以产生对外的讯号。一般来说,主动式标签允许在较长的距离进行通信, 并且主动式标签拥有较大的存储空间,可以用来存储其他电子设备的通信模块传输过来的数据。Active tags: Active tags include an internal power supply, which is used to supply the power required by the internal integrated circuits to generate external signals. Generally speaking, active tags allow communication over a longer distance, and active tags have a larger storage space, which can be used to store data transmitted from communication modules of other electronic devices.
示例性地,本申请实施例中的第一电子标签121可以是上述被动式标签、半主动式标签或者主动式标签中的任意一种。在实际应用中,考虑到被动式标签具有价格低廉、体积小巧和无需电源的优点,第一电子标签121一般为被动式标签。Exemplarily, the first electronic tag 121 in the embodiment of the present application may be any one of the above-mentioned passive tags, semi-active tags or active tags. In practical applications, considering that passive tags have the advantages of low price, small size and no power supply, the first electronic tag 121 is generally a passive tag.
第一电子标签121,设置为响应于外部设备110靠近第一电子标签121,将电动工具120的连接信息发送给外部设备110。The first electronic tag 121 is configured to send connection information of the electric tool 120 to the external device 110 in response to the external device 110 approaching the first electronic tag 121 .
示例性地,第一电子标签121可以通过感应外部设备110的电磁波强度来确定外部设备110是否靠近自己,例如,当第一电子标签121感应到外部设备110的电磁波强度高于预设强度时,第一电子标签121确定外部设备110靠近自己。Exemplarily, the first electronic tag 121 can determine whether the external device 110 is close to itself by sensing the electromagnetic wave intensity of the external device 110, for example, when the first electronic tag 121 senses that the electromagnetic wave intensity of the external device 110 is higher than a preset intensity, The first electronic tag 121 determines that the external device 110 is close to itself.
相应的,外部设备110,设置为靠近第一电子标签121,获取电动工具120的连接信息。Correspondingly, the external device 110 is set close to the first electronic tag 121 to acquire the connection information of the electric tool 120 .
外部设备110靠近第一电子标签121是指:外部设备110与第一电子标签121之间的距离小于预设阈值,该预设阈值可以由技术人员进行设定,例如,该预设阈值可以为10厘米或20厘米等,本申请实施例对此不作限定。The external device 110 approaching the first electronic tag 121 means that the distance between the external device 110 and the first electronic tag 121 is smaller than a preset threshold, which can be set by a technician. For example, the preset threshold can be 10 cm or 20 cm, etc., which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
示例性地,当第一电子标签121设置在电动工具120内部时,外部设备110可以靠近提示标签,以实现靠近第一电子标签121。Exemplarily, when the first electronic tag 121 is arranged inside the electric tool 120 , the external device 110 may approach the prompt tag, so as to approach the first electronic tag 121 .
可选地,外部设备110可以与第一电子标签121碰一碰,以获取电动工具120的连接信息;可选地,外部设备110可以通过扫描第一电子标签121,以获取电动工具120的连接信息。Optionally, the external device 110 can touch the first electronic tag 121 to obtain the connection information of the electric tool 120; optionally, the external device 110 can scan the first electronic tag 121 to obtain the connection information of the electric tool 120 information.
外部设备110,设置为基于电动工具120的连接信息,向电动工具120发送第一连接请求。The external device 110 is configured to send a first connection request to the electric tool 120 based on the connection information of the electric tool 120 .
第一电子标签121内存储有电动工具120的连接信息,当外部设备110靠近第一电子标签121时,第一电子标签121会将存储的电动工具120的连接信 息发送给外部设备110。电动工具120的连接信息用于指示电动工具120与其他设备相连的连接参数,例如,电动工具120的连接信息可以包括以下至少一项:电动工具120的蓝牙地址、电动工具120的WiFi(Wireless Fidelity,无线保真)信息、电动工具120的标识信息。外部设备110可以基于第一电子标签121中电动工具120的连接信息,向电动工具120发送第一连接请求,该第一连接请求用于外部设备110请求与电动工具120建立连接。The first electronic tag 121 stores the connection information of the electric tool 120 , and when the external device 110 approaches the first electronic tag 121 , the first electronic tag 121 will send the stored connection information of the electric tool 120 to the external device 110 . The connection information of the electric tool 120 is used to indicate the connection parameters that the electric tool 120 is connected with other devices. For example, the connection information of the electric tool 120 may include at least one of the following: the Bluetooth address of the electric tool 120, the WiFi (Wireless Fidelity , Wi-Fi) information, identification information of the electric tool 120 . The external device 110 may send a first connection request to the electric tool 120 based on the connection information of the electric tool 120 in the first electronic tag 121 , the first connection request is used for the external device 110 to request to establish a connection with the electric tool 120 .
电动工具120,设置为响应于第一连接请求,与外部设备110建立连接。The electric tool 120 is configured to establish a connection with the external device 110 in response to the first connection request.
电动工具120在接收到第一连接请求后,响应该第一连接请求,与外部设备110建立连接。示例性地,电动工具120响应于第一连接请求,向电动工具120发送第一连接响应,外部设备110接收该第一连接响应,确定与电动工具120建立连接。After receiving the first connection request, the electric tool 120 establishes a connection with the external device 110 in response to the first connection request. Exemplarily, the electric tool 120 sends a first connection response to the electric tool 120 in response to the first connection request, and the external device 110 receives the first connection response and determines to establish a connection with the electric tool 120 .
在本申请实施例中,用户只需要将外部设备110靠近第一电子标签121,即可获取到电动工具120的连接信息,从而基于该电动工具120的连接信息与电动工具120建立连接,本申请实现了一键智联,外部设备110与第一电子标签121碰一碰或扫一扫即实现电动工具120与外部设备110快速连接,操作简单,连接速度快。本申请可以基于电动工具的连接信息,快速把电动工具和用户进行绑定。In this embodiment of the application, the user only needs to bring the external device 110 close to the first electronic tag 121 to obtain the connection information of the electric tool 120, so as to establish a connection with the electric tool 120 based on the connection information of the electric tool 120. One-button smart connection is realized, and the external device 110 and the first electronic tag 121 are touched or scanned to realize the quick connection between the electric tool 120 and the external device 110, the operation is simple, and the connection speed is fast. This application can quickly bind the electric tool with the user based on the connection information of the electric tool.
在可能的实现方式中,第一电子标签121存储的电动工具120的连接信息为加密信息,外部设备110内预先存储有解密密钥,在获取到电动工具120的连接信息后,基于上述解密密钥对电动工具120的连接信息进行解密,得到解密后的电动工具120的连接信息;然后基于解密后的电动工具120的连接信息,与电动工具120建立连接。In a possible implementation, the connection information of the electric tool 120 stored in the first electronic tag 121 is encrypted information, and a decryption key is pre-stored in the external device 110. After obtaining the connection information of the electric tool 120, the decryption key is The key decrypts the connection information of the electric tool 120 to obtain the decrypted connection information of the electric tool 120 ; and then establishes a connection with the electric tool 120 based on the decrypted connection information of the electric tool 120 .
在可能的实现方式中,第一电子标签121内还存储有解密算法的标识信息,外部设备110内存储有预设对应关系,该预设对应关系包括至少一个解密算法的标识信息与解密算法的对应关系。外部设备110靠近第一电子标签121后,获取到加密的电动工具120的连接信息和解密算法的标识信息;外部设备110 根据预设对应关系确定解密算法;基于解密算法对加密的电动工具120的连接信息进行解密,得到解密的电动工具120的连接信息;并基于解密的电动工具120的连接信息,与电动工具120建立连接。In a possible implementation, the first electronic tag 121 also stores the identification information of the decryption algorithm, and the external device 110 stores a preset correspondence, the preset correspondence includes at least one decryption algorithm identification information and the decryption algorithm Correspondence. After the external device 110 approaches the first electronic tag 121, it obtains the connection information of the encrypted electric tool 120 and the identification information of the decryption algorithm; the external device 110 determines the decryption algorithm according to the preset correspondence; based on the decryption algorithm, the encrypted electric tool 120 The connection information is decrypted to obtain the decrypted connection information of the electric tool 120 ; and based on the decrypted connection information of the electric tool 120 , a connection is established with the electric tool 120 .
在可能的实现方式中,第一电子标签121内还可以存储有电动工具120的设备信息,电动工具120的设备信息用于指示电动工具120的基础信息。例如,电动工具120的设备信息包括以下至少一项:电动工具120的序列号、电动工具120的型号信息、电动工具120的出厂日期等。本申请实施例对第一电子标签121内存储的信息内容不作限定,其可以由技术人员根据需求写入。外部设备110可以通过靠近第一电子标签121,获取电动工具120的设备信息,从而将该电动工具120加入到设备清单中,设备清单可以是指与外部设备110连接的所有电动工具的清单,用户可以通过查询该设备清单,获取某一电动工具的设备信息。In a possible implementation manner, the device information of the electric tool 120 may also be stored in the first electronic tag 121 , and the device information of the electric tool 120 is used to indicate the basic information of the electric tool 120 . For example, the device information of the electric tool 120 includes at least one of the following items: the serial number of the electric tool 120 , the model information of the electric tool 120 , the date of manufacture of the electric tool 120 and the like. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the content of information stored in the first electronic tag 121 , which can be written by technicians according to requirements. The external device 110 can obtain the device information of the electric tool 120 by approaching the first electronic tag 121, thereby adding the electric tool 120 to the device list. The device list can refer to a list of all electric tools connected to the external device 110, and the user The equipment information of a certain electric tool can be obtained by querying the equipment list.
在可能的实现方式中,第一电子标签121内存储的数据可以更改,例如,技术人员可以通过标签数据更改设备对第一电子标签121内的数据进行更改,该标签数据更改设备中可以安装有标签数据更改程序,技术人员可以通过该标签数据更改程序对第一电子标签121内的数据进行更改,标签数据更改设备是指用于对电子标签内存储的数据进行更改的设备,标签数据更改程序是指用于对电子标签内存储的数据进行更改的应用程序。In a possible implementation, the data stored in the first electronic tag 121 can be changed, for example, a technician can change the data in the first electronic tag 121 through a tag data changing device, and the tag data changing device can be installed with Tag data modification program, technicians can modify the data in the first electronic tag 121 through the tag data modification program, the tag data modification device refers to the device used to modify the data stored in the electronic tag, the tag data modification program Refers to the application program used to make changes to the data stored in the transponder.
示例性地,第一电子标签121内存储的信息可以按照数据存储规则写入,数据存储规则包括字段内容与各字段的字段存储区间和字段大小的对应规则。数据存储规则可以由技术人员进行设定。Exemplarily, the information stored in the first electronic tag 121 can be written according to data storage rules, and the data storage rules include corresponding rules of field contents, field storage intervals and field sizes of each field. Data storage rules can be set by technicians.
在可能的实现方式中,若外部设备110不能读取到第一电子标签121内存储的数据,则外部设备110显示异常信息,该异常信息用于提示第一电子标签121存在异常。In a possible implementation, if the external device 110 cannot read the data stored in the first electronic tag 121 , the external device 110 displays abnormal information, and the abnormal information is used to prompt that the first electronic tag 121 is abnormal.
综上所述,本申请实施例提供的技术方案中,通过将外部设备靠近电子标签,外部设备即可获取到电动工具的连接信息,然后外部设备可以基于该电动 工具的连接信息与电动工具建立连接,本申请只需要将外部设备与电子标签靠近即可实现电动工具与外部设备的一键智联,操作简单,连接速度快。To sum up, in the technical solution provided by the embodiment of the present application, by bringing the external device close to the electronic tag, the external device can obtain the connection information of the electric tool, and then the external device can establish a connection with the electric tool based on the connection information of the electric tool. Connection, this application only needs to bring the external device and the electronic tag close to realize the one-key intelligent connection between the electric tool and the external device, the operation is simple and the connection speed is fast.
在可能的实现方式中,外部设备110获取到电动工具120的连接信息后,可以直接自动与电动工具120建立连接,也即,不需要经过用户确认就直接与电动工具120建立连接。In a possible implementation manner, after obtaining the connection information of the electric tool 120, the external device 110 may directly and automatically establish a connection with the electric tool 120, that is, directly establish a connection with the electric tool 120 without confirmation from the user.
然而,在实际应用过程中,可能存在用户不小心将外部设备110与第一电子标签121误碰的情况,此时,电动工具120与外部设备110的连接可能是用户不想要的结果。因此,为了避免麻烦,外部设备110可以在用户确认后再与电动工具120建立连接。下面将对经与用户确认后,外部设备110再与电动工具120建立连接的方案进行介绍说明。However, in the actual application process, there may be situations where the user accidentally touches the external device 110 and the first electronic tag 121 by mistake. At this time, the connection between the electric tool 120 and the external device 110 may be an unwanted result of the user. Therefore, in order to avoid trouble, the external device 110 may establish a connection with the electric tool 120 after the user confirms. The scheme of establishing connection between the external device 110 and the electric tool 120 after confirmation with the user will be described below.
在示意性实施例中,外部设备110,还设置为靠近第一电子标签121,在外部设备110内未安装有第一应用程序的情况下,获取第一应用程序的下载链接;基于下载链接,下载第一应用程序。In an exemplary embodiment, the external device 110 is also set close to the first electronic label 121, and if the first application program is not installed in the external device 110, obtain the download link of the first application program; based on the download link, Download the first app.
第一应用程序可以是任一应用程序,该第一应用程序可以用来对电动工具120的工作参数进行控制。示例性地,第一应用程序可以是系统级应用程序,也可以是第三方应用程序,本申请实施例对此不作限定。The first application program can be any application program, and the first application program can be used to control the working parameters of the electric tool 120 . Exemplarily, the first application program may be a system-level application program or a third-party application program, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
在可能的实现方式中,当外部设备110靠近第一电子标签121时,第一电子标签121会将内部存储的数据全部发送给外部设备110,上述数据包括电动工具120的连接信息和第一应用程序的下载链接。外部设备110在确定未安装第一应用程序的情况下,从上述数据中获取该下载链接。在一个示例中,外部设备110通过下载链接自动下载第一应用程序的安装包,在安装包下载完成后自动安装该第一应用程序,并完成第一应用程序的相关注册登录;在另一个示例中,外部设备110获取到下载链接后,显示应用安装提示信息,该应用安装提示信息用于提示是否安装第一应用程序;响应于接收到针对应用安装提示信息的确认指令,外部设备110基于下载链接,下载第一应用程序的安装包,确认 指令是指确认安装第一应用程序的指令;外部设备110在安装包下载完成后安装该第一应用程序,并完成第一应用程序的相关注册登录。In a possible implementation, when the external device 110 is close to the first electronic tag 121, the first electronic tag 121 will send all the data stored inside to the external device 110, the above data includes the connection information of the electric tool 120 and the first application Program download link. When the external device 110 determines that the first application program is not installed, it obtains the download link from the above data. In one example, the external device 110 automatically downloads the installation package of the first application program through the download link, and automatically installs the first application program after the installation package download is completed, and completes the relevant registration and login of the first application program; in another example Among them, after the external device 110 obtains the download link, it displays the application installation prompt information, and the application installation prompt information is used to prompt whether to install the first application program; in response to receiving a confirmation instruction for the application installation prompt information, the external device 110 downloads the Link to download the installation package of the first application program, and the confirmation instruction refers to the instruction for confirming the installation of the first application program; the external device 110 installs the first application program after the installation package download is completed, and completes the relevant registration and login of the first application program .
示例性地,在完成第一应用程序的相关注册登录之后,第一应用程序会自动跳转显示第一应用程序的用户界面。Exemplarily, after completing the relevant registration and login of the first application program, the first application program will automatically jump to display the user interface of the first application program.
在示意性实施例中,外部设备110,还设置为靠近第一电子标签121,在外部设备110内安装有第一应用程序的情况下,显示第一应用程序的用户界面。In an exemplary embodiment, the external device 110 is also set close to the first electronic tag 121 , and when the first application program is installed in the external device 110 , displays the user interface of the first application program.
示例性地,在外部设备110内安装有第一应用程序的情况下,外部设备110在靠近第一电子标签121后,外部设备110会显示第一应用程序的用户界面,例如,外部设备110会显示第一应用程序的首页界面,该首页界面是指用户手动打开第一应用程序时,第一应用程序显示的界面。当然,在其他可能的实现方式中,外部设备110靠近第一电子标签121后,显示的第一应用程序的用户界面还可以是其他界面,其可以由技术人员根据需求进行设定,本申请实施例对此不作限定。Exemplarily, when the first application program is installed in the external device 110, after the external device 110 approaches the first electronic tag 121, the external device 110 will display the user interface of the first application program, for example, the external device 110 will Displaying the home page interface of the first application program, the home page interface refers to the interface displayed by the first application program when the user manually opens the first application program. Of course, in other possible implementations, after the external device 110 approaches the first electronic tag 121, the displayed user interface of the first application program can also be other interfaces, which can be set by technicians according to requirements. Examples are not limited to this.
在可能的实现方式中,外部设备110,还设置为响应于针对第一应用程序的用户界面触发的连接指令,基于电动工具120的连接信息,向电动工具120发送第一连接请求,连接指令是指用于将电动工具120与外部设备110建立连接的指令。In a possible implementation, the external device 110 is further configured to send a first connection request to the electric tool 120 based on the connection information of the electric tool 120 in response to a connection instruction triggered by the user interface of the first application program, the connection instruction is Refers to an instruction for establishing a connection between the electric power tool 120 and the external device 110 .
示例性地,第一应用程序的用户界面上显示有连接控件,该连接控件是指用于将外部设备110与电动工具120建立连接的控件;响应于接收到针对该连接控件的触控操作,外部设备110确定接收到针对第一应用程序的用户界面触发的连接指令;外部设备110基于电动工具120的连接信息,向电动工具120发送第一连接请求。然后,电动工具120响应于第一连接请求,与外部设备110建立连接。Exemplarily, a connection control is displayed on the user interface of the first application program, and the connection control refers to a control for establishing a connection between the external device 110 and the electric tool 120; in response to receiving a touch operation on the connection control, The external device 110 determines to receive a connection instruction triggered by the user interface of the first application; the external device 110 sends a first connection request to the electric tool 120 based on the connection information of the electric tool 120 . Then, the electric tool 120 establishes a connection with the external device 110 in response to the first connection request.
在这种方式下,外部设备110在接收到连接指令的情况下,才向电动工具120发送连接请求,从而与电动工具120建立连接,可以有效避免用户将外部设备110与电动工具120误碰而导致电动工具120与外部设备110自动连接的情 况。In this way, the external device 110 sends a connection request to the electric tool 120 only after receiving the connection instruction, so as to establish a connection with the electric tool 120, which can effectively prevent the user from accidentally touching the external device 110 and the electric tool 120 This results in a situation where the electric power tool 120 is automatically connected to the external device 110 .
在可能的实现方式中,外部设备110,还设置为响应于针对第一应用程序的用户界面触发的取消连接指令,不向电动工具120发送第一连接请求,取消连接指令是指用于取消电动工具120与外部设备110建立连接的指令。In a possible implementation, the external device 110 is further configured to not send the first connection request to the electric tool 120 in response to the cancel connection instruction triggered by the user interface of the first application program. An instruction for the tool 120 to establish a connection with the external device 110 .
在这种方式下,若用户不小心将外部设备110与第一电子标签121误碰,则用户可以在第一应用程序的用户界面上触发取消连接指令,从而可以有效避免用户将外部设备110与第一电子标签121误碰而导致电动工具120与外部设备110自动连接的情况。In this manner, if the user accidentally touches the external device 110 with the first electronic tag 121, the user can trigger a cancel connection command on the user interface of the first application program, thereby effectively preventing the user from connecting the external device 110 with the first electronic tag 121. A situation where the electric tool 120 is automatically connected to the external device 110 due to an accidental touch of the first electronic tag 121 .
第一应用程序可以用于对与外部设备110建立连接的电动工具120进行控制。外部设备110可以与多个电动工具120建立连接,上述多个电动工具120的工具类型可以一致,也可以不一致,还可以部分一致、部分不一致,本申请实施例对此不作限定。在可能的实现方式中,第一应用程序可以同时对该多个电动工具进行控制,也可以单独对每个电动工具进行控制,还可以对部分电动工具进行控制。例如,用户可以预先在第一应用程序内设置好各个电动工具的工作参数,当该多个电动工具都处于工作状态时,用户可以通过触控第一应用程序的用户界面中的第一控件,对多个电动工具进行控制,该第一控件是指用于控制多个电动工具的控件。此时,上述多个电动工具可以按照各自预先设置好的工作参数工作;当上述多个电动工具中只存在部分电动工具处于工作状态时,用户可以通过触控第一应用程序的用户界面中的第二控件,对上述部分电动工具进行控制,该第二控件是指用于控制部分电动工具的控件,此时,上述部分电动工具可以按照各自预先设置好的工作参数工作,当外部设备110接收到针对第二控件的触发指令时,外部设备110会先确定上述多个电动工具中处于工作状态的部分电动工具,然后再将上述部分电动工具各自的工作参数发送给对应的电动工具;又例如,当某个电动工具处于工作状态时,用户想要对该电动工具的工作参数进行设置,此时,用户可以在第一应用程序的用户界面中对该电动工具的工作参数进行设置后,点击第三控件,对该电动工具进行控制, 该第三控件是指用于控制某个电动工具的控件。The first application program can be used to control the electric tool 120 connected with the external device 110 . The external device 110 can establish a connection with multiple electric tools 120, and the tool types of the multiple electric tools 120 can be the same or different, or partly the same or partly inconsistent, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application. In a possible implementation manner, the first application program may control the multiple electric tools at the same time, or control each electric tool independently, or control some electric tools. For example, the user can pre-set the working parameters of each electric tool in the first application program, and when the multiple electric tools are in the working state, the user can touch the first control in the user interface of the first application program, To control multiple electric tools, the first control refers to a control for controlling multiple electric tools. At this time, the above-mentioned multiple electric tools can work according to their preset working parameters; when only some of the above-mentioned multiple electric tools are in the working state, the user can touch the The second control controls the above-mentioned part of the electric tools. The second control refers to the control used to control some of the electric tools. At this time, the above-mentioned part of the electric tools can work according to their preset working parameters. When the trigger command for the second control is received, the external device 110 will first determine some of the electric tools in the working state among the above-mentioned multiple electric tools, and then send the respective working parameters of the above-mentioned partial electric tools to the corresponding electric tools; , when a certain electric tool is in working state, and the user wants to set the working parameters of the electric tool, at this time, the user can set the working parameters of the electric tool in the user interface of the first application program, and click The third control controls the electric tool, and the third control refers to a control used to control a certain electric tool.
为了避免电动工具被非法外部设备控制,可以对外部设备是否具备与电动工具建立连接的权限进行验证;在外部设备具备与电动工具的连接权限的情况下,允许电动工具与外部设备建立连接,以便于外部设备对电动工具进行控制。In order to prevent the electric tool from being controlled by an illegal external device, it is possible to verify whether the external device has the authority to establish a connection with the electric tool; if the external device has the connection authority to the electric tool, the electric tool is allowed to establish a connection with the external device, so that Control the power tool from an external device.
电动工具与外部设备建立连接后,服务器会存储电动工具与外部设备的对应关系,电动工具与外部设备的对应关系可以包括:电动工具的标识信息(例如,序列号)与外部设备对应的用户账号(也即,外部设备中的第一应用程序登录的用户账号)。该服务器可以是第一应用程序的后台服务器,该第一应用程序的后台服务器可以是电动工具的厂商使用的服务器。在电动工具是第一次配对(第一次配对是指第一次与外部设备建立连接)的情况下,电动工具直接与外部设备建立连接;在电动工具不是第一次配对的情况下,外部设备向服务器发送配对请求,该配对请求用于请求与电动工具建立连接;服务器响应于配对请求,确定外部设备是否具备与电动工具建立连接的权限;响应于外部设备具备与电动工具建立连接的权限,外部设备可以向电动工具发送第一连接请求;响应于外部设备不具备与电动工具建立连接的权限,外部设备不可以向电动工具发送第一连接请求。After the connection between the electric tool and the external device is established, the server will store the corresponding relationship between the electric tool and the external device. The corresponding relationship between the electric tool and the external device may include: the identification information (for example, serial number) of the electric tool and the user account corresponding to the external device (That is, the user account logged in by the first application program in the external device). The server may be a background server of the first application program, and the background server of the first application program may be a server used by a manufacturer of the electric tool. When the electric tool is paired for the first time (the first pairing refers to establishing a connection with an external device for the first time), the electric tool directly establishes a connection with the external device; when the electric tool is not paired for the first time, the external The device sends a pairing request to the server, which is used to request to establish a connection with the electric tool; in response to the pairing request, the server determines whether the external device has the authority to establish a connection with the electric tool; in response to the external device having the authority to establish a connection with the electric tool , the external device can send the first connection request to the electric tool; in response to the fact that the external device does not have the authority to establish a connection with the electric tool, the external device cannot send the first connection request to the electric tool.
在可能的实现方式中,服务器可以基于绑定电动工具的外部设备连接的无线网络和发送配对请求的外部设备连接的无线网络,确定该发送配对请求的外部设备是否具备与电动工具建立连接的权限。若绑定电动工具的外部设备连接的无线网络和发送配对请求的外部设备连接的无线网络一致,则确定该发送配对请求的外部设备具备与电动工具建立连接的权限;若绑定电动工具的外部设备连接的无线网络和发送配对请求的外部设备连接的无线网络不一致,则确定该发送配对请求的外部设备不具备与电动工具建立连接的权限。此时,配对请求携带无线网络的标识信息,该无线网络的标识信息用于唯一标识该无线网络;服务器还会存储用户使用外部设备中的第一应用程序注册登录时的无线网络的 标识信息。服务器可以通过比对标识信息,从而确定无线网络是否一致。无线网络的标识信息可以是SSID(Service Set Identifier,服务区标识符)。In a possible implementation, the server may determine whether the external device sending the pairing request has the authority to establish a connection with the electric tool based on the wireless network connected to the external device bound to the electric tool and the wireless network connected to the external device sending the pairing request . If the wireless network connected to the external device bound to the electric tool is the same as the wireless network connected to the external device sending the pairing request, it is determined that the external device sending the pairing request has the authority to establish a connection with the electric tool; if the external device bound to the electric tool If the wireless network connected to the device is inconsistent with the wireless network connected to the external device sending the pairing request, it is determined that the external device sending the pairing request does not have the authority to establish a connection with the electric tool. At this time, the pairing request carries the identification information of the wireless network, and the identification information of the wireless network is used to uniquely identify the wireless network; the server also stores the identification information of the wireless network when the user registers and logs in using the first application program in the external device. The server can determine whether the wireless networks are consistent by comparing the identification information. The identification information of the wireless network may be SSID (Service Set Identifier, service area identifier).
当然,在其他可能的实现方式中,还可以通过如下方式确认外部设备是否具备与电动工具建立连接的权限:服务器在接收到来自第一外部设备的配对请求的情况下,向第二外部设备(已经与电动工具建立连接的外部设备,且是电动工具第一次建立连接的外部设备)发送权限认证请求,权限认证请求用于请求确认第一外部设备是否具备与电动工具建立连接的权限;第二外部设备响应于权限认证请求,显示权限认证提示信息,该权限认证提示信息用于提示用户确认第一外部设备是否具备与电动工具建立连接的权限;在一个示例中,第二外部设备接收到针对该权限认证提示信息的确认指令,向服务器发送权限确认消息,确认指令是指确定第一外部设备具备与电动工具建立连接的权限的指令,权限确认消息用于指示第一外部设备具备与电动工具建立连接的权限;服务器响应于接收到权限确认消息,允许第一外部设备与电动工具建立连接;在另一个示例中,第二外部设备接收到针对该权限认证提示信息的否认指令,向服务器发送权限否认消息,否认指令是指确定第一外部设备不具备与电动工具建立连接的权限的指令,权限否认消息用于指示第一外部设备不具备与电动工具建立连接的权限;服务器响应于接收到权限否认消息,不允许第一外部设备与电动工具建立连接。Of course, in other possible implementations, it is also possible to confirm whether the external device has the authority to establish a connection with the electric tool in the following manner: when the server receives a pairing request from the first external device, it sends a request to the second external device ( An external device that has established a connection with the electric tool, and is the external device that the electric tool has established a connection for the first time) sends an authorization authentication request, and the authorization authentication request is used to request to confirm whether the first external device has the authorization to establish a connection with the electric tool; The second external device displays permission authentication prompt information in response to the permission authentication request, and the permission authentication prompt information is used to prompt the user to confirm whether the first external device has the permission to establish a connection with the electric tool; in one example, the second external device receives For the confirmation instruction of the authority authentication prompt information, send an authority confirmation message to the server, the confirmation instruction refers to an instruction to determine that the first external device has the authority to establish a connection with the electric tool, and the authority confirmation message is used to indicate that the first external device has the authority to establish a connection with the electric tool. The authority of the tool to establish a connection; the server allows the first external device to establish a connection with the electric tool in response to receiving the authority confirmation message; Sending a permission deny message, the deny instruction refers to an instruction for determining that the first external device does not have the permission to establish a connection with the electric tool, and the permission deny message is used to indicate that the first external device does not have the permission to establish a connection with the electric tool; the server responds to receiving Upon receiving a permission deny message, the first external device is not allowed to establish a connection with the electric tool.
在示意性实施例中,如图2所示,电动工具120包括第一无线通信模块122,外部设备110包括第二无线通信模块111。In an exemplary embodiment, as shown in FIG. 2 , the electric tool 120 includes a first wireless communication module 122 , and the external device 110 includes a second wireless communication module 111 .
第一无线通信模块122是指用于实现无线通信功能的模块,第二无线通信模块111是指用于实现无线通信功能的模块。当然,第一无线通信模块122还可以称之为第一无线通信功能块,第二无线通信模块111还可以称之为第二无线通信功能块。The first wireless communication module 122 refers to a module for realizing a wireless communication function, and the second wireless communication module 111 refers to a module for realizing a wireless communication function. Certainly, the first wireless communication module 122 may also be called a first wireless communication functional block, and the second wireless communication module 111 may also be called a second wireless communication functional block.
外部设备110,设置为基于电动工具120的连接信息,通过第二无线通信模 块111向第一无线通信模块122发送第一连接请求。The external device 110 is configured to send a first connection request to the first wireless communication module 122 through the second wireless communication module 111 based on the connection information of the electric tool 120.
电动工具120,设置为响应于第一连接请求,通过第一无线通信模块122与第二无线通信模块111建立无线连接。The electric tool 120 is configured to establish a wireless connection with the second wireless communication module 111 through the first wireless communication module 122 in response to the first connection request.
示例性地,第一无线通信模块122对应的通信方式与第二无线通信模块111对应的通信方式一致,示例性地,通信方式包括以下任意一项:蓝牙通信、WiFi通信、Zigbee通信、UWB(Ultra Wide Band,超宽带)通信、红外通信。例如,当第一无线通信模块122对应的通信方式为蓝牙通信时,第二无线通信模块111对应的通信方式也为蓝牙通信,此时,第一无线通信模块122和第二无线通信模块111为蓝牙通信模块;又例如,当第一无线通信模块122对应的通信方式为WiFi通信时,第二无线通信模块111对应的通信方式也为WiFi通信,此时,第一无线通信模块122和第二无线通信模块111为WiFi通信模块。Exemplarily, the communication mode corresponding to the first wireless communication module 122 is consistent with the communication mode corresponding to the second wireless communication module 111. Exemplarily, the communication mode includes any of the following: Bluetooth communication, WiFi communication, Zigbee communication, UWB ( Ultra Wide Band, ultra-wide band) communication, infrared communication. For example, when the communication mode corresponding to the first wireless communication module 122 is Bluetooth communication, the communication mode corresponding to the second wireless communication module 111 is also Bluetooth communication. At this time, the first wireless communication module 122 and the second wireless communication module 111 are Bluetooth communication module; for another example, when the communication mode corresponding to the first wireless communication module 122 is WiFi communication, the communication mode corresponding to the second wireless communication module 111 is also WiFi communication. At this time, the first wireless communication module 122 and the second The wireless communication module 111 is a WiFi communication module.
需要说明的是,在外部设备110通过第二无线通信模块111与电动工具120的第一无线通信模块122建立连接的过程中,外部设备110中与第二无线通信模块111对应的通信功能需要开启,电动工具120中与第一无线通信模块122对应的通信功能需要开启;若没有开启,则自动开启相应的通信功能。例如,当第一无线通信模块122对应的通信方式为蓝牙通信,第二无线通信模块111对应的通信方式也为蓝牙通信时,外部设备110与电动工具120需要开启蓝牙功能。It should be noted that during the process of establishing a connection between the external device 110 and the first wireless communication module 122 of the electric tool 120 through the second wireless communication module 111, the communication function corresponding to the second wireless communication module 111 in the external device 110 needs to be turned on , the communication function corresponding to the first wireless communication module 122 in the electric tool 120 needs to be turned on; if not turned on, the corresponding communication function is automatically turned on. For example, when the communication mode corresponding to the first wireless communication module 122 is Bluetooth communication, and the communication mode corresponding to the second wireless communication module 111 is also Bluetooth communication, the external device 110 and the electric tool 120 need to enable the Bluetooth function.
在示意性实施例中,电动工具120可以与外部设备110建立蓝牙连接。下面,对电动工具120与外部设备110建立蓝牙连接的方案进行介绍说明。In an exemplary embodiment, the power tool 120 can establish a Bluetooth connection with the external device 110 . Next, the solution of establishing a Bluetooth connection between the electric tool 120 and the external device 110 will be described.
在示意性实施例中,电动工具120的连接信息包括电动工具120的蓝牙地址。如图3所示,第一无线通信模块122包括第一蓝牙模块122a,第二无线通信模块111包括第二蓝牙模块111a。In an exemplary embodiment, the connection information of the power tool 120 includes a Bluetooth address of the power tool 120 . As shown in FIG. 3 , the first wireless communication module 122 includes a first Bluetooth module 122a, and the second wireless communication module 111 includes a second Bluetooth module 111a.
外部设备110,设置为基于电动工具120的蓝牙地址,通过第二蓝牙模块111a向第一蓝牙模块122a发送第一蓝牙连接请求,第一连接请求包括第一蓝牙 连接请求。The external device 110 is configured to send a first Bluetooth connection request to the first Bluetooth module 122a through the second Bluetooth module 111a based on the Bluetooth address of the electric tool 120, and the first connection request includes the first Bluetooth connection request.
电动工具120的蓝牙地址用于唯一标识该电动工具120的蓝牙模块(即上述第一蓝牙模块)。电动工具120的蓝牙地址可以包括蓝牙MAC(Media Access Control,媒体访问控制)地址。The Bluetooth address of the electric tool 120 is used to uniquely identify the Bluetooth module of the electric tool 120 (ie, the above-mentioned first Bluetooth module). The Bluetooth address of the electric tool 120 may include a Bluetooth MAC (Media Access Control, Media Access Control) address.
外部设备110获取到电动工具的蓝牙地址后,可以基于该蓝牙地址向外部设备120发送第一蓝牙连接请求。After the external device 110 acquires the Bluetooth address of the electric tool, it may send a first Bluetooth connection request to the external device 120 based on the Bluetooth address.
第二蓝牙模块111向第一蓝牙模块122发送的第一蓝牙连接请求可以理解为是定向连接请求。The first Bluetooth connection request sent by the second Bluetooth module 111 to the first Bluetooth module 122 can be understood as a directional connection request.
电动工具120,设置为响应于第一蓝牙连接请求,通过第一蓝牙模块122a与第二蓝牙模块111a建立连接。The electric tool 120 is configured to establish a connection with the second Bluetooth module 111a through the first Bluetooth module 122a in response to the first Bluetooth connection request.
需要说明的是,在电动工具120与外部设备110建立蓝牙连接的过程中,电动工具120和外部设备110的蓝牙功能需要开启,外部设备110和电动工具120可以自主检测自身的蓝牙功能是否开启,若没有开启,则自动开启蓝牙功能。It should be noted that, in the process of establishing a Bluetooth connection between the electric tool 120 and the external device 110, the Bluetooth function of the electric tool 120 and the external device 110 needs to be turned on, and the external device 110 and the electric tool 120 can independently detect whether their own Bluetooth function is turned on, If not enabled, the Bluetooth function will be automatically enabled.
如图4所示,电动工具120还包括第一WiFi模块123,因此,电动工具120还可以联网,即与路由器建立连接。As shown in FIG. 4 , the electric tool 120 also includes a first WiFi module 123 , therefore, the electric tool 120 can also be networked, that is, establish a connection with a router.
在可能的实现方式中,外部设备110,还设置为通过第二蓝牙模块111a将联网信息发送给第一蓝牙模块122a,联网信息用于指示路由器的配置参数。In a possible implementation manner, the external device 110 is further configured to send networking information to the first Bluetooth module 122a through the second Bluetooth module 111a, where the networking information is used to indicate configuration parameters of the router.
示例性地,联网信息包括以下至少一项:路由器的SSID、路由器的PWD(Pass Word,接入密码)、路由器的IP(Internet Protocol,网际协议)地址、路由器的频段标识等。路由器的频段标识用于指示路由器支持的频段(2.4G、2.4G和5G)。Exemplarily, the networking information includes at least one of the following: the SSID of the router, the PWD (Pass Word, access password) of the router, the IP (Internet Protocol, Internet Protocol) address of the router, the frequency band identifier of the router, and the like. The band ID of the router is used to indicate the bands supported by the router (2.4G, 2.4G and 5G).
当外部设备110与电动工具120建立蓝牙连接后,外部设备110可以通过第二蓝牙模块111a向电动工具120传输数据。因此,外部设备110可以通过第二蓝牙模块111a将联网信息发送给电动工具120。After the external device 110 establishes a Bluetooth connection with the electric tool 120, the external device 110 can transmit data to the electric tool 120 through the second Bluetooth module 111a. Therefore, the external device 110 can send networking information to the electric tool 120 through the second Bluetooth module 111a.
电动工具120,基于联网信息,与路由器建立连接。The electric tool 120 establishes a connection with the router based on the networking information.
示例性地,第一蓝牙模块122a和第一WiFi模块123集成在一个组件中, 它们之间可以数据共享。第一蓝牙模块122a接收到联网信息后,第一WiFi模块123基于该联网信息与路由器建立连接。Exemplarily, the first Bluetooth module 122a and the first WiFi module 123 are integrated into one component, and data can be shared between them. After the first Bluetooth module 122a receives the networking information, the first WiFi module 123 establishes a connection with the router based on the networking information.
在本申请实施例中,外部设备110可以仅具备蓝牙模块,而不用具备WiFi模块,即可实现电动工具120与路由器建立连接,但电动工具120需要同时具备蓝牙模块和WiFi模块。In the embodiment of the present application, the external device 110 may only have a Bluetooth module instead of a WiFi module, so that the electric tool 120 can establish a connection with the router, but the electric tool 120 needs to have both a Bluetooth module and a WiFi module.
在可能的实现方式中,联网信息可以为明文信息,也可以为加密信息,一般为加密信息。解密密钥可以内置在电动工具120中,也可以通过外部传入的方式。示例性地,电动工具120内存储有解密密钥,在获取到来自外部设备110的联网信息后,通过解密密钥对上述加密的联网信息进行解密,得到解密的联网信息;基于解密的联网信息,与路由器建立连接。In a possible implementation manner, the networking information may be plaintext information or encrypted information, and is generally encrypted information. The decryption key can be built in the electric tool 120, or it can be introduced from the outside. Exemplarily, a decryption key is stored in the electric tool 120, and after obtaining the networking information from the external device 110, the above-mentioned encrypted networking information is decrypted by the decryption key to obtain the decrypted networking information; based on the decrypted networking information , to establish a connection with the router.
在可能的实现方式中,外部设备110把路由器的若干频段的联网信息(SSID和PWD)发送给电动工具120,其中包含2.4G频段的联网信息。外部设备110发送的联网信息,可能标识了对应的频段(频段标识)。电动工具120从联网信息中识别,或者通过试探,得出匹配的联网信息与路由器进行连接。例如,电动工具120的频段为2.4G,则外部设备110将2.4G对应的联网信息(SSID和PWD)发送给电动工具120,才能有效建立连接。In a possible implementation manner, the external device 110 sends the networking information (SSID and PWD) of several frequency bands of the router to the electric tool 120 , including the networking information of the 2.4G frequency band. The networking information sent by the external device 110 may identify a corresponding frequency band (frequency band identifier). The electric tool 120 identifies from the networking information, or obtains matching networking information through heuristics, and connects to the router. For example, if the frequency band of the electric tool 120 is 2.4G, the external device 110 can effectively establish a connection by sending the networking information (SSID and PWD) corresponding to 2.4G to the electric tool 120 .
示例性地,当电动工具120通过路由器与无线网络建立连接后,电动工具120能够与服务器进行通信。外部设备110可以通过第一应用程序向服务器发送相关操作指令,以使得服务器将该相关操作指令下发给电动工具120。电动工具120也可以把数据上报给服务器。Exemplarily, after the electric tool 120 establishes a connection with the wireless network through the router, the electric tool 120 can communicate with the server. The external device 110 may send a relevant operation instruction to the server through the first application program, so that the server sends the relevant operation instruction to the electric tool 120 . The electric tool 120 can also report the data to the server.
在可能的实现方式中,服务器接收到来自外部设备110的相关操作指令后,对该相关操作指令进行加密,得到加密后的相关操作指令;服务器将加密后的相关操作指令下发给电动工具120;电动工具接收到该加密后的相关操作指令后,通过安全密钥解析该加密后的相关操作指令,并执行该相关操作指令。可选地,安全密钥可以预先存储在电动工具120内;或者,服务器将加密算法的ID发送给电动工具;电动工具120根据存储的预设对应关系,确定加密算法;电动工 具120基于加密算法生成安全密钥,加密算法的ID用于唯一标识该加密算法,预设对应关系包括至少一个加密算法的ID与加密算法的对应关系。In a possible implementation, after the server receives the relevant operation instructions from the external device 110, it encrypts the relevant operation instructions to obtain the encrypted relevant operation instructions; the server sends the encrypted relevant operation instructions to the electric tool 120 ; After receiving the encrypted related operation instruction, the electric tool parses the encrypted related operation instruction through the security key, and executes the related operation instruction. Optionally, the security key may be pre-stored in the electric tool 120; or, the server sends the ID of the encryption algorithm to the electric tool; the electric tool 120 determines the encryption algorithm according to the stored preset correspondence; the electric tool 120 determines the encryption algorithm based on the encryption algorithm A security key is generated, the ID of the encryption algorithm is used to uniquely identify the encryption algorithm, and the preset correspondence includes at least one correspondence between the ID of the encryption algorithm and the encryption algorithm.
示例性地,外部设备110能够通过有线网络或无线网络的方式与服务器进行通信,例如,外部设备110可以通过LTE(The Long Term Evolution,长期演进)、5G(The Fifth Generation,第五代移动通信)、WiFi等网络与服务器进行通信。Exemplarily, the external device 110 can communicate with the server through a wired network or a wireless network. ), WiFi and other networks to communicate with the server.
在可能的实现方式中,在与外部设备110建立连接的电动工具120开机后,第一应用程序可以显示提示信息,该提示信息用于提示该电动工具在线,可进行电动工具的远程配置操作。In a possible implementation, after the power tool 120 connected with the external device 110 is turned on, the first application program may display a prompt message, the prompt message is used to prompt that the power tool is online and the remote configuration operation of the power tool can be performed.
需要说明的是,上述电动工具120的连接信息使用的解密算法、联网信息使用的解密算法和相关操作指令使用的解密算法可以是一样的解密算法,也可以是不一样的解密算法,本申请实施例对此不作限定,其可以由技术人员根据实际需求进行设定。It should be noted that the decryption algorithm used for the connection information of the above-mentioned electric tool 120, the decryption algorithm used for the network information, and the decryption algorithm used for the relevant operation instructions may be the same decryption algorithm, or a different decryption algorithm, which is implemented in this application. This example is not limited, and it can be set by technicians according to actual needs.
在示意性实施例中,电动工具120可以与外部设备110建立WiFi连接。下面,对电动工具120与外部设备110建立WiFi连接的方案进行介绍说明。In an exemplary embodiment, the power tool 120 can establish a WiFi connection with the external device 110 . Next, the scheme of establishing a WiFi connection between the electric tool 120 and the external device 110 will be described.
在示意性实施例中,电动工具120的连接信息包括电动工具120的WiFi信息。如图5所示,第一无线通信模块122包括第一WiFi模块123,第二无线通信模块111包括第二WiFi模块112。In an exemplary embodiment, the connection information of the power tool 120 includes WiFi information of the power tool 120 . As shown in FIG. 5 , the first wireless communication module 122 includes a first WiFi module 123 , and the second wireless communication module 111 includes a second WiFi module 112 .
外部设备110,设置为基于电动工具120的WiFi信息,通过第二WiFi模块112向第一WiFi模块123发送第一无线连接请求,第一连接请求包括第一无线连接请求。The external device 110 is configured to send a first wireless connection request to the first WiFi module 123 through the second WiFi module 112 based on the WiFi information of the electric tool 120 , where the first connection request includes the first wireless connection request.
电动工具120,设置为响应于第一无线连接请求,通过第一WiFi模块123与第二WiFi模块112建立连接。The electric tool 120 is configured to establish a connection with the second WiFi module 112 through the first WiFi module 123 in response to the first wireless connection request.
在可能的实现方式中,WiFi信息为第一WiFi模块创建的隐藏WiFi网络的信息。隐藏WiFi网络不会主动广播,功耗小,用户看不到WiFi名称。WiFi信 息包括以下至少一项信息:电动工具120的SSID(Service Set Identifier,服务区标识符)、电动工具120的PWD(Pass Word,接入密码)、电动工具120的频段标识等。电动工具120的频段标识用于指示电动工具120支持的频段(2.4G、2.4G和5G)。In a possible implementation manner, the WiFi information is information of a hidden WiFi network created by the first WiFi module. The hidden WiFi network will not actively broadcast, the power consumption is small, and the user cannot see the WiFi name. The WiFi information includes at least one of the following information: SSID (Service Set Identifier, service area identifier) of the electric tool 120, PWD (Pass Word, access password) of the electric tool 120, frequency band identifier of the electric tool 120, and the like. The frequency band identification of the electric tool 120 is used to indicate the frequency bands (2.4G, 2.4G and 5G) supported by the electric tool 120 .
第一无线连接请求是指外部设备110请求与电动工具120建立无线连接的请求。The first wireless connection request refers to a request from the external device 110 to establish a wireless connection with the electric tool 120 .
在可能的实现方式中,外部设备110,还设置为通过第二WiFi模块112将联网信息发送给第一WiFi模块123,联网信息用于指示路由器的配置参数。In a possible implementation manner, the external device 110 is further configured to send networking information to the first WiFi module 123 through the second WiFi module 112, where the networking information is used to indicate configuration parameters of the router.
示例性地,联网信息包括以下至少一项:路由器的SSID、路由器的PWD、路由器的IP地址、路由器的频段标识等。路由器的频段标识用于指示路由器支持的频段(2.4G、2.4G和5G)。Exemplarily, the networking information includes at least one of the following: SSID of the router, PWD of the router, IP address of the router, frequency band identifier of the router, and the like. The band ID of the router is used to indicate the bands supported by the router (2.4G, 2.4G and 5G).
电动工具120,还设置为基于联网信息,与路由器建立连接。The electric tool 120 is also configured to establish a connection with the router based on the networking information.
示例性地,外部设备110切断与路由器的连接,切换连接到电动工具120;外部设备110把联网信息发送给电动工具120,从而使电动工具120与路由器建立连接,完成配网。Exemplarily, the external device 110 cuts off the connection with the router, and switches the connection to the electric tool 120; the external device 110 sends networking information to the electric tool 120, so that the electric tool 120 establishes a connection with the router, and completes network distribution.
示例性地,第一WiFi模块123在接收到联网信息后,进行模组内部状态转换;然后基于联网信息,与路由器建立连接。Exemplarily, after receiving the networking information, the first WiFi module 123 performs internal state transition of the module; and then establishes a connection with the router based on the networking information.
在可能的实现方式中,在外部设备110将联网信息发送给电动工具120后,外部设备110可以断开与电动工具120的连接,恢复与路由器的连接。In a possible implementation manner, after the external device 110 sends the networking information to the electric tool 120 , the external device 110 may disconnect from the electric tool 120 and restore the connection to the router.
在可能的实现方式中,在电动工具120与路由器建立连接之后,外部设备110断开与电动工具120的连接,恢复与路由器的连接。In a possible implementation manner, after the electric tool 120 establishes a connection with the router, the external device 110 disconnects the electric tool 120 and restores the connection with the router.
在可能的实现方式中,联网信息为加密信息。电动工具120内存储有解密密钥,在获取到来自外部设备110的联网信息后,电动工具120通过解密密钥对上述加密的联网信息进行解密,得到解密的联网信息;基于解密的联网信息,与路由器建立连接。In a possible implementation manner, the networking information is encrypted information. A decryption key is stored in the electric tool 120. After obtaining the networking information from the external device 110, the electric tool 120 decrypts the above-mentioned encrypted networking information through the decryption key to obtain decrypted networking information; based on the decrypted networking information, Establish a connection with the router.
在可能的实现方式中,外部设备110还可以基于电动工具120的频段标识, 将与该电动工具120的频段标识对应的联网信息发送给电动工具120。与电动工具120的频段标识对应的联网信息是指与电动工具支持的频段一致的路由器的配置参数。例如,电动工具120的频段标识指示电动工具120支持的频段为2.4G,则外部设备110将2.4G对应的联网信息(SSID和PWD)发送给电动工具120。In a possible implementation manner, the external device 110 may also send networking information corresponding to the frequency band identifier of the electric tool 120 to the electric tool 120 based on the frequency band identifier of the electric tool 120 . The networking information corresponding to the frequency band identifier of the electric tool 120 refers to the configuration parameters of the router consistent with the frequency band supported by the electric tool. For example, the frequency band identifier of the electric tool 120 indicates that the frequency band supported by the electric tool 120 is 2.4G, and the external device 110 sends the networking information (SSID and PWD) corresponding to 2.4G to the electric tool 120 .
在本申请实施例中,外部设备110仅需要具备WiFi模块,电动工具120也仅需要具备WiFi模块,就可以实现电动工具120与无线网络建立连接。In the embodiment of the present application, the external device 110 only needs to have a WiFi module, and the electric tool 120 also only needs to have a WiFi module, so that the electric tool 120 can establish a connection with a wireless network.
示例性地,当电动工具120通过路由器与无线网络建立连接后,电动工具120能够与服务器进行通信。外部设备110可以通过第一应用程序向服务器发送相关操作指令,以使得服务器将该相关操作指令下发给电动工具120。Exemplarily, after the electric tool 120 establishes a connection with the wireless network through the router, the electric tool 120 can communicate with the server. The external device 110 may send a relevant operation instruction to the server through the first application program, so that the server sends the relevant operation instruction to the electric tool 120 .
在可能的实现方式中,服务器接收到来自外部设备110的相关操作指令后,对该相关操作指令进行加密,得到加密后的相关操作指令;服务器将加密后的相关操作指令下发给电动工具120;电动工具120接收到该加密后的相关操作指令后,通过安全密钥解析该加密后的相关操作指令,并执行该相关操作指令。可选地,安全密钥可以预先存储在电动工具120内;或者,服务器将加密算法的ID发送给电动工具120;电动工具120根据存储的预设对应关系,确定加密算法;电动工具120基于加密算法生成安全密钥,加密算法的ID用于唯一标识该加密算法,预设对应关系包括至少一个加密算法的ID与加密算法的对应关系。In a possible implementation, after the server receives the relevant operation instructions from the external device 110, it encrypts the relevant operation instructions to obtain the encrypted relevant operation instructions; the server sends the encrypted relevant operation instructions to the electric tool 120 ; After receiving the encrypted related operation instruction, the electric tool 120 analyzes the encrypted related operation instruction through the security key, and executes the related operation instruction. Optionally, the security key can be pre-stored in the electric tool 120; or, the server sends the ID of the encryption algorithm to the electric tool 120; the electric tool 120 determines the encryption algorithm according to the stored preset correspondence; The algorithm generates a security key, the ID of the encryption algorithm is used to uniquely identify the encryption algorithm, and the preset correspondence includes the correspondence between the ID of at least one encryption algorithm and the encryption algorithm.
示例性地,外部设备110能够通过有线网络或无线网络的方式与服务器进行通信,例如,外部设备110可以通过LTE(The Long Term Evolution,长期演进)、5G(The Fifth Generation,第五代移动通信)、WiFi等网络与服务器进行通信。Exemplarily, the external device 110 can communicate with the server through a wired network or a wireless network. ), WiFi and other networks to communicate with the server.
在可能的实现方式中,在与外部设备110建立连接的电动工具120开机后,第一应用程序可以显示提示信息,该提示信息用于提示该电动工具在线,可进行电动工具的远程配置操作。In a possible implementation, after the power tool 120 connected with the external device 110 is turned on, the first application program may display a prompt message, the prompt message is used to prompt that the power tool is online and the remote configuration operation of the power tool can be performed.
需要说明的是,上述电动工具120的连接信息使用的解密算法、联网信息使用的解密算法和相关操作指令使用的解密算法可以是一样的解密算法,也可 以是不一样的解密算法,本申请实施例对此不作限定,其可以由技术人员根据实际需求进行设定。It should be noted that the decryption algorithm used for the connection information of the above-mentioned electric tool 120, the decryption algorithm used for the network information, and the decryption algorithm used for the relevant operation instructions may be the same decryption algorithm, or a different decryption algorithm, which is implemented in this application. This example is not limited, and it can be set by technicians according to actual needs.
在可能的实现方式中,电动工具120的连接信息包括电动工具120的蓝牙地址和电动工具120的WiFi信息。此时,电动工具120包括第一蓝牙模块122a和第一WiFi模块123,外部设备110包括第二蓝牙模块111a和第二WiFi模块112。In a possible implementation manner, the connection information of the electric tool 120 includes the Bluetooth address of the electric tool 120 and the WiFi information of the electric tool 120 . At this time, the electric tool 120 includes a first Bluetooth module 122 a and a first WiFi module 123 , and the external device 110 includes a second Bluetooth module 111 a and a second WiFi module 112 .
外部设备110,设置为靠近第一电子标签121,获取电动工具120的蓝牙地址和电动工具120的WiFi信息。The external device 110 is set close to the first electronic tag 121 to obtain the Bluetooth address of the electric tool 120 and the WiFi information of the electric tool 120 .
外部设备110,还设置为基于电动工具120的蓝牙地址,通过第二蓝牙模块111a向第一蓝牙模块122a发送第一蓝牙连接请求。The external device 110 is further configured to send a first Bluetooth connection request to the first Bluetooth module 122a through the second Bluetooth module 111a based on the Bluetooth address of the electric tool 120 .
电动工具120,设置为响应于第一蓝牙连接请求,通过第一蓝牙模块122a与第二蓝牙模块111a建立连接。The electric tool 120 is configured to establish a connection with the second Bluetooth module 111a through the first Bluetooth module 122a in response to the first Bluetooth connection request.
外部设备110,还设置为基于电动工具120的WiFi信息,通过第二WiFi模块112向第一WiFi模块123发送第一无线连接请求。The external device 110 is further configured to send a first wireless connection request to the first WiFi module 123 through the second WiFi module 112 based on the WiFi information of the electric tool 120 .
电动工具120,还设置为响应于第一无线连接请求,通过第一WiFi模块123与第二WiFi模块112建立连接。The electric tool 120 is further configured to establish a connection with the second WiFi module 112 through the first WiFi module 123 in response to the first wireless connection request.
在可能的实现方式中,外部设备110可以同时获取到电动工具120的蓝牙地址和WiFi信息。示例性地,第一电子标签121内存储的数据为一个整体,也即,外部设备110可以同时获取到第一电子标签121内存储的所有数据。外部设备110获取到该数据后,可以对该数据进行解析,从而得到电动工具120的蓝牙地址和WiFi信息。In a possible implementation manner, the external device 110 can acquire the Bluetooth address and the WiFi information of the electric tool 120 at the same time. Exemplarily, the data stored in the first electronic tag 121 is integrated, that is, the external device 110 can obtain all the data stored in the first electronic tag 121 at the same time. After acquiring the data, the external device 110 can analyze the data, so as to obtain the Bluetooth address and WiFi information of the electric tool 120 .
在可能的实现方式中,外部设备110可以同时向电动工具120发送第一蓝牙连接请求和第一无线连接请求;电动工具120可以同时与外部设备110建立蓝牙连接和无线连接。In a possible implementation manner, the external device 110 may send the first Bluetooth connection request and the first wireless connection request to the electric tool 120 at the same time; the electric tool 120 may establish a Bluetooth connection and a wireless connection with the external device 110 at the same time.
在可能的实现方式中,外部设备110可以通过第二蓝牙模块111a将联网信 息发送给电动工具120,也可以通过第二WiFi模块112将联网信息发送给电动工具120,其可以由技术人员进行设定。In a possible implementation, the external device 110 can send the networking information to the electric tool 120 through the second Bluetooth module 111a, or can send the networking information to the electric tool 120 through the second WiFi module 112, which can be set by a technician. Certainly.
在本申请实施例中,电动工具和外部设备需要同时具备蓝牙模块和WiFi模块,才可建立蓝牙连接和WiFi连接。In the embodiment of the present application, the electric tool and the external device need to have both the Bluetooth module and the WiFi module, so that the Bluetooth connection and the WiFi connection can be established.
在示意性实施例中,电动工具120的连接信息包括电动工具120的标识信息,电动工具120的标识信息用于唯一标识电动工具120。In an exemplary embodiment, the connection information of the electric tool 120 includes identification information of the electric tool 120 , and the identification information of the electric tool 120 is used to uniquely identify the electric tool 120 .
示例性地,电动工具的标识信息可以是指电动工具的序列号,当然,在其他可能的实现方式中,电动工具的标识信息还可以是技术人员设置的其他与电动工具绑定的唯一的字符串,本申请实施例对此不作限定。Exemplarily, the identification information of the electric tool may refer to the serial number of the electric tool. Of course, in other possible implementation manners, the identification information of the electric tool may also be other unique characters bound to the electric tool set by the technician String, which is not limited in the embodiment of this application.
在可能的实现方式中,外部设备110,还设置为基于电动工具120的标识信息和第一对应关系,获取电动工具的蓝牙地址,第一对应关系包括至少一个电动工具的标识信息和电动工具的蓝牙地址的对应关系。In a possible implementation manner, the external device 110 is further configured to obtain the Bluetooth address of the electric tool based on the identification information of the electric tool 120 and the first correspondence, and the first correspondence includes the identification information of at least one electric tool and the address of the electric tool. Correspondence between Bluetooth addresses.
每个电动工具都有其对应的蓝牙地址,因此,可以基于该对应关系生成第一对应关系。Each electric tool has its corresponding Bluetooth address, therefore, the first correspondence can be generated based on the correspondence.
在可能的实现方式中,第一对应关系可以存储在服务器上,外部设备110向服务器发送地址获取请求,该地址获取请求用于请求获取电动工具的蓝牙地址,该地址获取请求中包括电动工具的标识信息;服务器接收上述地址获取请求,并访问第一对应关系,从第一对应关系中找到与来自外部设备的电动工具的标识信息相对应的蓝牙地址,然后将该蓝牙地址发送给外部设备。该服务器可以是电动工具的厂商使用的服务器,或者是第一应用程序的服务器。电动工具的厂商可以将第一对应关系上传至服务器。In a possible implementation, the first correspondence may be stored on the server, and the external device 110 sends an address acquisition request to the server, where the address acquisition request is used to request the acquisition of the Bluetooth address of the electric tool, and the address acquisition request includes the address of the electric tool. Identification information; the server receives the address acquisition request, accesses the first correspondence, finds the Bluetooth address corresponding to the identification information of the electric tool from the external device from the first correspondence, and then sends the Bluetooth address to the external device. The server may be a server used by a manufacturer of the electric tool, or a server of the first application program. The manufacturer of the electric tool may upload the first correspondence to the server.
在可能的实现方式中,第一对应关系可以存储在外部设备上,外部设备可以基于第一对应关系和电动工具的标识信息,确定出电动工具的蓝牙地址。示例性地,服务器可以每隔预设时长将更新后的第一对应关系发送给外部设备,外部设备将更新后的第一对应关系存储在本地。In a possible implementation manner, the first correspondence may be stored in the external device, and the external device may determine the Bluetooth address of the electric tool based on the first correspondence and the identification information of the electric tool. Exemplarily, the server may send the updated first correspondence to the external device every preset period of time, and the external device stores the updated first correspondence locally.
外部设备110,还设置为基于电动工具120的蓝牙地址,向电动工具120发送第二蓝牙连接请求,第一连接请求包括第二蓝牙连接请求。The external device 110 is further configured to send a second Bluetooth connection request to the electric tool 120 based on the Bluetooth address of the electric tool 120 , where the first connection request includes the second Bluetooth connection request.
第二蓝牙连接请求用于外部设备请求与电动工具建立蓝牙连接。第二蓝牙连接请求可以与第一蓝牙连接请求相同,也可以不同。The second Bluetooth connection request is used for the external device to request to establish a Bluetooth connection with the electric tool. The second Bluetooth connection request may be the same as or different from the first Bluetooth connection request.
电动工具120,还设置为响应于第二蓝牙连接请求,与外部设备110建立连接。The electric tool 120 is further configured to establish a connection with the external device 110 in response to the second Bluetooth connection request.
在可能的实现方式中,外部设备110,还设置为基于电动工具120的标识信息和第二对应关系,获取电动工具的WiFi信息,第二对应关系包括至少一个电动工具的标识信息和电动工具的WiFi信息的对应关系。In a possible implementation manner, the external device 110 is further configured to acquire the WiFi information of the electric tool based on the identification information of the electric tool 120 and the second correspondence, and the second correspondence includes at least one identification information of the electric tool and a second correspondence of the electric tool. Correspondence of WiFi information.
每个电动工具都有其对应的WiFi地址,因此,可以基于该对应关系生成第二对应关系。Each electric tool has its corresponding WiFi address, therefore, the second correspondence can be generated based on the correspondence.
在可能的实现方式中,第二对应关系可以存储在服务器上,外部设备向服务器发送信息获取请求,该信息获取请求用于请求获取电动工具的WiFi信息,该信息获取请求中包括电动工具的标识信息;服务器接收上述信息获取请求,并访问第二对应关系,从第二对应关系中找到与来自外部设备的电动工具的标识信息相对应的WiFi信息,然后将该WiFi信息发送给外部设备。电动工具的厂商可以将第二对应关系上传至服务器。In a possible implementation, the second correspondence can be stored on the server, and the external device sends an information acquisition request to the server, the information acquisition request is used to request the acquisition of the WiFi information of the electric tool, and the information acquisition request includes the identification of the electric tool information; the server receives the above information acquisition request, accesses the second correspondence, finds the WiFi information corresponding to the identification information of the electric tool from the external device from the second correspondence, and then sends the WiFi information to the external device. The manufacturer of the electric tool can upload the second correspondence to the server.
在可能的实现方式中,第二对应关系可以存储在外部设备上,外部设备可以基于第二对应关系和电动工具的标识信息,确定出电动工具的WiFi信息。示例性地,服务器可以每隔预设时长将更新后的第二对应关系发送给外部设备,外部设备将更新后的第二对应关系存储在本地。In a possible implementation manner, the second correspondence may be stored in the external device, and the external device may determine the WiFi information of the electric tool based on the second correspondence and the identification information of the electric tool. Exemplarily, the server may send the updated second correspondence to the external device every preset period of time, and the external device stores the updated second correspondence locally.
外部设备110,还设置为基于电动工具120的WiFi信息,向电动工具120发送第二无线连接请求,第一连接请求包括第二无线连接请求。The external device 110 is further configured to send a second wireless connection request to the electric tool 120 based on the WiFi information of the electric tool 120 , where the first connection request includes the second wireless connection request.
第二无线连接请求用于外部设备请求与电动工具建立WiFi连接。The second wireless connection request is used for the external device to request to establish a WiFi connection with the electric tool.
电动工具120,还设置为响应于第二无线连接请求,与外部设备110建立连接。The electric tool 120 is further configured to establish a connection with the external device 110 in response to the second wireless connection request.
在可能的实现方式中,外部设备110,还设置为基于电动工具120的标识信息和第三对应关系,获取电动工具的蓝牙地址和电动工具的WiFi信息,第三对应关系包括至少一个电动工具的标识信息和电动工具的蓝牙地址以及电动工具的WiFi信息的对应关系。In a possible implementation, the external device 110 is further configured to acquire the Bluetooth address of the electric tool and the WiFi information of the electric tool based on the identification information of the electric tool 120 and the third correspondence, and the third correspondence includes the address of at least one electric tool. Correspondence between the identification information, the Bluetooth address of the electric tool, and the WiFi information of the electric tool.
外部设备110,还设置为基于电动工具120的蓝牙地址,向电动工具120发送第二蓝牙连接请求,第一连接请求包括第二蓝牙连接请求。The external device 110 is further configured to send a second Bluetooth connection request to the electric tool 120 based on the Bluetooth address of the electric tool 120 , where the first connection request includes the second Bluetooth connection request.
外部设备110,还设置为基于电动工具120的WiFi信息,向电动工具120发送第二无线连接请求,第一连接请求包括第二无线连接请求。The external device 110 is further configured to send a second wireless connection request to the electric tool 120 based on the WiFi information of the electric tool 120 , where the first connection request includes the second wireless connection request.
电动工具120,还设置为响应于第二蓝牙连接请求,与外部设备110建立蓝牙连接。The electric tool 120 is further configured to establish a Bluetooth connection with the external device 110 in response to the second Bluetooth connection request.
电动工具120,还设置为响应于第二无线连接请求,与外部设备110建立WiFi连接。The electric tool 120 is further configured to establish a WiFi connection with the external device 110 in response to the second wireless connection request.
在可能的实现方式中,第三对应关系可以包括第一对应关系和第二对应关系,此时,电动工具的蓝牙地址和电动工具的WiFi信息需要同时查询第一对应关系和第二对应关系获取到;或者,第三对应关系仅包括一个对应关系,此时,电动工具的蓝牙地址和电动工具的WiFi信息仅需要查询一个对应关系(第三对应关系)即可获取到。本申请实施例对此不作限定。In a possible implementation, the third correspondence may include the first correspondence and the second correspondence. At this time, the Bluetooth address of the electric tool and the WiFi information of the electric tool need to be queried at the same time for the first correspondence and the second correspondence to obtain Or, the third correspondence includes only one correspondence, and at this time, the Bluetooth address of the electric tool and the WiFi information of the electric tool only need to inquire about one correspondence (the third correspondence) to obtain. This embodiment of the present application does not limit it.
示例性地,外部设备110可以同时向电动工具120发送第二蓝牙连接请求和第二无线连接请求;或者,外部设备110可以先向电动工具120发送第二蓝牙连接请求,再向电动工具120发送第二无线连接请求;或者,外部设备110可以先向电动工具120发送第二无线连接请求,再向电动工具120发送第二蓝牙连接请求,本申请实施例对外部设备110发送第二蓝牙连接请求和第二无线连接请求的时序不作限定。Exemplarily, the external device 110 may simultaneously send the second Bluetooth connection request and the second wireless connection request to the electric tool 120; or, the external device 110 may first send the second Bluetooth connection request to the electric tool 120, and then send the second Bluetooth connection request to the electric tool 120 The second wireless connection request; or, the external device 110 can first send the second wireless connection request to the electric tool 120, and then send the second Bluetooth connection request to the electric tool 120, and the embodiment of the present application sends the second Bluetooth connection request to the external device 110 The sequence with the second wireless connection request is not limited.
上述有关电动工具与外部设备建立连接的流程可参见上文实施例,此处不再赘述。For the above-mentioned process of establishing a connection between the electric tool and the external device, reference may be made to the above-mentioned embodiments, which will not be repeated here.
在可能的实现方式中,本申请实施例提供了一种应用于电动工具的通信系统,该系统包括:外部设备、电动工具。In a possible implementation manner, an embodiment of the present application provides a communication system applied to an electric tool, where the system includes: an external device and an electric tool.
外部设备,设置为采用第一通信方式获取电动工具的连接信息;The external device is configured to obtain the connection information of the electric tool by using the first communication method;
外部设备,设置为基于电动工具的连接信息,采用第二通信方式与电动工具建立连接;The external device is configured to establish a connection with the electric tool by using the second communication method based on the connection information of the electric tool;
其中,第一通信方式的通信距离比第二通信方式的通信距离短。Wherein, the communication distance of the first communication method is shorter than the communication distance of the second communication method.
外部设备采用第一通信方式获取电动工具的连接信息,不需要用户进行复杂的操作,简单易操作,例如,用户仅需要将外部设备靠近电动工具,即可实现采用第一通信方式获取电动工具的连接信息。The external device uses the first communication method to obtain the connection information of the electric tool, which does not require the user to perform complicated operations, and is easy to operate. For example, the user only needs to bring the external device close to the electric tool to realize the use of the first communication method to obtain the connection information of the electric tool. connection information.
在可能的实现方式中,第二通信方式的工作频段包括2.4GHz。In a possible implementation manner, the working frequency band of the second communication manner includes 2.4 GHz.
在可能的实现方式中,第二通信方式的传输方式包括全双工传输方式。In a possible implementation manner, the transmission manner of the second communication manner includes a full-duplex transmission manner.
在可能的实现方式中,第二通信方式的传输方式包括半双工传输方式。In a possible implementation manner, the transmission manner of the second communication manner includes a half-duplex transmission manner.
在可能的实现方式中,用户可以通过第一应用程序实现一键更换第一应用程序显示的电动工具连接的无线网络。例如,用户原先使用的是第一无线网络(第一路由器),由于某些原因用户更换了使用的无线网络,从原先使用的第一无线网络更换为了第二无线网络(第二路由器),此时,为了更好的控制电动工具,用户需要将电动工具连接的无线网络从第一无线网络替换为第二无线网络。第一应用程序显示有第一转网控件,该第一转网控件是指用于更换电动工具连接的无线网络的控件。外部设备响应于接收到针对第一转网控件的触控指令,将第二无线网络的联网信息发送给电动工具,第二无线网络的联网信息用于指示第二路由器的配置参数。电动工具接收第二无线网络的联网信息;基于第二无线网络的联网信息,与第二路由器建立连接。In a possible implementation manner, the user may implement one-click replacement of the wireless network connected to the electric tool displayed by the first application program through the first application program. For example, the user originally used the first wireless network (the first router), and due to some reasons the user changed the wireless network used, from the first wireless network originally used to the second wireless network (the second router), this , in order to better control the electric tool, the user needs to replace the wireless network to which the electric tool is connected from the first wireless network to the second wireless network. The first application program displays a first network transfer control, and the first network transfer control refers to a control for changing the wireless network to which the power tool is connected. In response to receiving the touch command for the first switch control, the external device sends the networking information of the second wireless network to the electric tool, and the networking information of the second wireless network is used to indicate configuration parameters of the second router. The electric tool receives networking information of the second wireless network; and establishes a connection with the second router based on the networking information of the second wireless network.
示例性地,外部设备可以通过如下方式获取第二无线网络的联网信息:在一个示例中,用户可以在第一应用程序中输入第二无线网络的联网信息,触发第一应用程序获取到第二无线网络的联网信息;在另一个示例中,第二路由器上设置有NFC标签或第二路由器内设置有NFC模块,外部设备靠近该NFC标 签或NFC模块,获取到第二无线网络的联网信息。Exemplarily, the external device may obtain the networking information of the second wireless network in the following manner: In an example, the user may input the networking information of the second wireless network in the first application program, and trigger the first application program to obtain the second wireless network networking information. Networking information of the wireless network; in another example, an NFC tag is provided on the second router or an NFC module is provided in the second router, and an external device approaches the NFC tag or NFC module to obtain the networking information of the second wireless network.
示例性地,第一应用程序可以将第二无线网络的联网信息发送给第一应用程序显示的所有电动工具;若电动工具处于开机状态,则电动工具可以即时更换无线网络;若电动工具处于关机状态,则第二无线网络的联网信息可以暂存在服务器上,当电动工具开机后,服务器再将该第二无线网络的联网信息发送给电动工具,以使得电动工具更换无线网络。Exemplarily, the first application program can send the networking information of the second wireless network to all electric tools displayed by the first application program; if the electric tool is in the power-on state, the electric tool can immediately replace the wireless network; state, the networking information of the second wireless network can be temporarily stored on the server, and when the power tool is turned on, the server sends the networking information of the second wireless network to the power tool, so that the power tool can replace the wireless network.
在可能的实现方式中,电动工具连接的路由器没有更换,但路由器的PWD发生了变化,用户也可以通过第一应用程序将更换后的PWD发送给电动工具。第一应用程序显示有第四控件,该第四控件是指用于将更换后的PWD发送给电动工具的控件。外部设备响应于接收到针对第四控件的触控指令,将更换后的PWD发送给电动工具;电动工具接收更换后的PWD;基于更换后的PWD与路由器建立连接。In a possible implementation manner, the router connected to the electric tool is not changed, but the PWD of the router is changed, and the user can also send the changed PWD to the electric tool through the first application program. The first application is displayed with a fourth control, which refers to a control for sending the replaced PWD to the power tool. The external device sends the replaced PWD to the electric tool in response to receiving the touch command for the fourth control; the electric tool receives the replaced PWD; and establishes a connection with the router based on the replaced PWD.
示例性地,外部设备可以通过如下方式获取更换后的PWD:在一个示例中,用户可以在第一应用程序中输入更换后的PWD,触发第一应用程序获取到更换后的PWD;在另一个示例中,路由器上设置有NFC标签或路由器内设置有NFC模块,外部设备靠近该NFC标签或NFC模块,获取到更换后的PWD。Exemplarily, the external device can obtain the replaced PWD in the following manner: in one example, the user can input the replaced PWD in the first application program, and trigger the first application program to obtain the replaced PWD; In an example, an NFC tag is set on the router or an NFC module is set in the router, and an external device approaches the NFC tag or NFC module to obtain the replaced PWD.
示例性地,第一应用程序可以将更换后的PWD发送给第一应用程序中与该路由器连接的所有电动工具;若电动工具处于开机状态,则电动工具可以即时基于更换后的PWD重新连接路由器;若电动工具处于关机状态,则更换后的PWD可以暂存在服务器上,当电动工具开机后,服务器再将该更换后的PWD发送给电动工具,以使得电动工具基于更换后的PWD重新连接路由器。Exemplarily, the first application program can send the replaced PWD to all electric tools connected to the router in the first application program; if the electric tool is powered on, the electric tool can immediately reconnect to the router based on the replaced PWD ; If the power tool is turned off, the replaced PWD can be temporarily stored on the server. When the power tool is turned on, the server will send the replaced PWD to the power tool, so that the power tool can reconnect to the router based on the replaced PWD .
上述实施例介绍了电动工具通过电子标签与外部设备建立连接,在可能的实现方式中,电动工具还可以通过NFC模块与外部设备建立连接。示例性地,该NFC模块可以适配不同的电动工具,用户可以通过该NFC模块实现将不同的电动工具与外部设备建立连接。该NFC模块与电动工具之间具有通信接口,该 通信接口可以设置为获取电动工具的连接信息,例如,NFC模块包括第一接口,电动工具包括第二接口,第一接口与第二接口适配,NFC模块可以是硬件结构,电动工具的壳体上设置有第二接口,本申请实施例对第二接口的设置位置不作限定,电动工具的壳体上方便用户操作的位置都可以设置有第二接口,例如,该第二接口可以设置在电池包壳体上、把手壳体上、主机壳体上或其他壳体上,本申请实施例对此不作限定。用户可以通过将第一接口与第二接口耦合,以使得NFC模块获取到电动工具的连接信息。NFC模块获取到电动工具的连接信息后,将电动工具的连接信息发送给外部设备。当电动工具与外部设备建立连接后,用户可以将NFC模块的第一接口从该电动工具的第二接口处脱离,然后将该NFC模块与其他待连接的电动工具耦合,以实现将该待连接的电动工具与外部设备建立连接。示例性地,NFC模块还包括收发器,该收发器设置为获取电动工具的连接信息,以及将该电动工具的连接信息发送给外部设备。The foregoing embodiments describe that the electric tool establishes a connection with an external device through an electronic tag. In a possible implementation manner, the electric tool may also establish a connection with an external device through an NFC module. Exemplarily, the NFC module can be adapted to different electric tools, and the user can establish connections between different electric tools and external devices through the NFC module. There is a communication interface between the NFC module and the electric tool, and the communication interface can be set to obtain connection information of the electric tool, for example, the NFC module includes a first interface, the electric tool includes a second interface, and the first interface is adapted to the second interface , the NFC module can be a hardware structure, and the housing of the electric tool is provided with a second interface. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the setting position of the second interface, and the position on the housing of the electric tool that is convenient for user operation can be provided with a second interface. The second interface, for example, the second interface may be provided on the battery pack casing, the handle casing, the host casing or other casings, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application. The user can make the NFC module acquire the connection information of the electric tool by coupling the first interface with the second interface. After obtaining the connection information of the electric tool, the NFC module sends the connection information of the electric tool to an external device. After the electric tool is connected with the external device, the user can disengage the first interface of the NFC module from the second interface of the electric tool, and then couple the NFC module with other electric tools to be connected to realize the power tool to establish connection with external equipment. Exemplarily, the NFC module further includes a transceiver configured to acquire connection information of the electric tool and send the connection information of the electric tool to an external device.
示例性地,NFC模块可以设置在电动工具内部,每个电动工具内设置有NFC模块。电动工具与电动工具之间可以通过NFC模块进行通信。第一电动工具的第一NFC模块靠近第二电动工具的第二NFC模块,第一电动工具和第二电动工具之间可以通过NFC方式传输数据。例如,第一电动工具已经与路由器建立了连接,第一电动工具存储有联网信息,用户可以将第一NFC模块靠近第二NFC模块,以将第一电动工具存储的联网信息通过第一NFC模块发送给第二NFC模块;第二电动工具的第二NFC模块接收到联网信息后,将联网信息发送给第二电动工具的WiFi模块,第二电动工具的WiFi模块基于该联网信息,与路由器建立连接。Exemplarily, the NFC module can be arranged inside the electric tool, and each electric tool is provided with an NFC module. The electric tool can communicate with the electric tool through the NFC module. The first NFC module of the first electric tool is close to the second NFC module of the second electric tool, and data can be transmitted between the first electric tool and the second electric tool through NFC. For example, the first electric tool has established a connection with the router, and the first electric tool stores networking information, and the user can bring the first NFC module close to the second NFC module, so that the networking information stored by the first electric tool can be passed through the first NFC module. Send to the second NFC module; after the second NFC module of the second electric tool receives the networking information, it sends the networking information to the WiFi module of the second electric tool, and the WiFi module of the second electric tool establishes with the router based on the networking information. connect.
本申请实施例中的NFC模块可以通过NFC通信方式与外部设备进行通信。示例性地,NFC模块可以通过NFC通信方式接收来自外部设备的配置数据,该配置数据用于对电动工具进行配置。The NFC module in the embodiment of the present application can communicate with external devices through NFC communication. Exemplarily, the NFC module can receive configuration data from an external device through NFC communication, and the configuration data is used to configure the electric tool.
请参考图6,其示出了本申请一个实施例提供的应用于电动工具的充电器的 通信系统的示意图。该系统600包括:外部设备610、电动工具的充电器620,电动工具的充电器620上设置有第二电子标签621。Please refer to FIG. 6 , which shows a schematic diagram of a communication system applied to a charger of an electric tool provided by an embodiment of the present application. The system 600 includes: an external device 610, a charger 620 of an electric tool, and a second electronic label 621 is arranged on the charger 620 of the electric tool.
外部设备610是指与电动工具的充电器620进行连接的设备。示例性地,外部设备610可以设置为控制电动工具的充电器620,例如,外部设备610可以设置为控制电动工具的充电器620的工作参数(例如,开关状态、充电电流、充电时长等)。外部设备610可以是移动终端,该移动终端可以是手机、智能可穿戴设备(例如,智能手表、智能手环等)、平板电脑或控制终端(该控制终端是指电动工具的厂商生产出来的用于控制电动工具的充电器的移动终端)等,本申请实施例对外部设备610的类型不作限定。The external device 610 refers to a device connected to the charger 620 of the electric tool. Exemplarily, the external device 610 can be set to control the charger 620 of the electric tool, for example, the external device 610 can be set to control the working parameters of the charger 620 of the electric tool (eg, switch state, charging current, charging duration, etc.). The external device 610 may be a mobile terminal, and the mobile terminal may be a mobile phone, a smart wearable device (for example, a smart watch, a smart bracelet, etc.), a tablet computer or a control terminal (the control terminal refers to a user terminal produced by a manufacturer of an electric tool). The type of the external device 610 is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
需要说明的是,不同类型的电动工具的充电器620的工作参数可以不同,上述介绍的工作参数仅是示例性的,其可以根据实际应用场景进行设置,本申请对工作参数的类型和数量不作限定。It should be noted that the working parameters of the charger 620 of different types of electric tools may be different. The working parameters described above are only exemplary and can be set according to actual application scenarios. limited.
在本申请实施例中,电动工具的充电器是指用于为电动工具的电池包供电的装置。电动工具的充电器包括但不限于:链锯的充电器、电钻的充电器、圆锯的充电器、锤钻的充电器、角磨的充电器、扫雪机的充电器、打草机的充电器、往复锯的充电器等。In this embodiment of the present application, a charger of an electric tool refers to a device for supplying power to a battery pack of the electric tool. Power tool chargers include, but are not limited to: chain saw chargers, electric drill chargers, circular saw chargers, hammer drill chargers, angle grinder chargers, snow blower chargers, lawn trimmer chargers Chargers, chargers for reciprocating saws, etc.
在本申请实施例中,电动工具的充电器620上设置有第二电子标签621。该第二电子标签621包括NFC(Near Field Communication,近场通信)标签或RFID(Radio Frequency Identification,射频识别)标签。In the embodiment of the present application, the charger 620 of the electric tool is provided with a second electronic label 621 . The second electronic tag 621 includes an NFC (Near Field Communication, near field communication) tag or an RFID (Radio Frequency Identification, radio frequency identification) tag.
在可能的实现方式中,电动工具的充电器620上的第二电子标签621是在电动工具的充电器620出厂之前,设置在电动工具的充电器620上的。示例性地,第二电子标签621可以贴附在电动工具的充电器620内,例如,第二电子标签621可以贴附在电动工具的充电器620的壳体内,此时,与第二电子标签621的贴附区域对应的壳体外部区域可以设置有提示标签,该提示标签用于提示该区域设置有第二电子标签621,用户可以将外部设备610靠近该区域,以实现电动工具的充电器620和外部设备610之间的连接。示例性地,第二电子标签 621可以贴附在电动工具的充电器620外,例如,第二电子标签621可以贴附在电动工具的充电器620的壳体外。本申请实施例对第二电子标签621在电动工具的充电器620上的设置位置不作限定,第二电子标签621可以设置在电动工具的充电器620方便外部设备610靠近的任意位置处。In a possible implementation manner, the second electronic label 621 on the charger 620 of the electric tool is set on the charger 620 of the electric tool before the charger 620 of the electric tool leaves the factory. Exemplarily, the second electronic tag 621 can be affixed in the charger 620 of the electric tool, for example, the second electronic tag 621 can be affixed in the casing of the charger 620 of the electric tool. The outer area of the shell corresponding to the attachment area of 621 may be provided with a prompt label, which is used to remind that the area is provided with the second electronic label 621, and the user can bring the external device 610 close to this area to realize the charging of the electric tool. 620 and the connection between the external device 610. Exemplarily, the second electronic label 621 can be attached outside the charger 620 of the electric tool, for example, the second electronic label 621 can be attached outside the casing of the charger 620 of the electric tool. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the setting position of the second electronic tag 621 on the charger 620 of the electric tool, and the second electronic tag 621 may be set at any position where the charger 620 of the electric tool is convenient for the external device 610 to approach.
在可能的实现方式中,电动工具的充电器620上的第二电子标签621是在电动工具的充电器620出厂之后,再设置到电动工具的充电器620上的。例如,可以由用户或者厂商将第二电子标签621粘贴到电动工具的充电器620上。可选地,外部设备610通过第二电子标签621能够获取到第二电子标签621的标签ID(Identification,身份标识),第二电子标签621的标签ID用于唯一标识该第二电子标签621。用户在使用过程中,可以配置该第二电子标签621的标签ID与电动工具的充电器620的连接信息的对应关系,以使得该标签ID可以与电动工具的充电器620对应。In a possible implementation manner, the second electronic label 621 on the charger 620 of the electric tool is set on the charger 620 of the electric tool after the charger 620 of the electric tool leaves the factory. For example, the user or the manufacturer may stick the second electronic label 621 on the charger 620 of the electric tool. Optionally, the external device 610 can obtain a tag ID (Identification, identification) of the second electronic tag 621 through the second electronic tag 621, and the tag ID of the second electronic tag 621 is used to uniquely identify the second electronic tag 621. During use, the user can configure the correspondence between the tag ID of the second electronic tag 621 and the connection information of the charger 620 of the electric tool, so that the tag ID can correspond to the charger 620 of the electric tool.
在可能的实现方式中,第二电子标签621与电动工具的充电器620不存在通信接口。In a possible implementation manner, there is no communication interface between the second electronic tag 621 and the charger 620 of the electric tool.
在可能的实现方式中,外部设备610包括NFC模块。外部设备610的NFC模块靠近第二电子标签621时,外部设备610可以获取到电动工具的充电器620的连接信息,从而基于该连接信息与电动工具的充电器620建立连接。外部设备610的NFC模块靠近第二电子标签621指的是:外部设备610的NFC模块与第二电子标签621之间的距离小于预设阈值。预设阈值可以是10厘米、20厘米或其他数值,本申请实施例对预设阈值的数值不作限定,其可以由技术人员进行设定。In a possible implementation manner, the external device 610 includes an NFC module. When the NFC module of the external device 610 is close to the second electronic tag 621 , the external device 610 can obtain the connection information of the charger 620 of the electric tool, so as to establish a connection with the charger 620 of the electric tool based on the connection information. The NFC module of the external device 610 being close to the second electronic tag 621 means that the distance between the NFC module of the external device 610 and the second electronic tag 621 is smaller than a preset threshold. The preset threshold may be 10 cm, 20 cm or other values. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the value of the preset threshold, which may be set by a technician.
示例性地,本申请实施例中的第二电子标签621可以是被动式标签、半主动式标签或者主动式标签中的任意一种。在实际应用中,考虑到被动式标签具有价格低廉、体积小巧和无需电源的优点,第二电子标签621一般为被动式标签。Exemplarily, the second electronic tag 621 in the embodiment of the present application may be any one of a passive tag, a semi-active tag or an active tag. In practical applications, considering that passive tags have the advantages of low price, small size and no power supply, the second electronic tag 621 is generally a passive tag.
第二电子标签621,设置为响应于外部设备610靠近第二电子标签621,将 充电器620的连接信息发送给外部设备610。The second electronic tag 621 is configured to send the connection information of the charger 620 to the external device 610 in response to the external device 610 approaching the second electronic tag 621 .
示例性地,第二电子标签621可以通过感应外部设备610的电磁波强度来确定外部设备610是否靠近自己,例如,当第二电子标签621感应到外部设备610的电磁波强度高于预设强度时,第二电子标签621确定外部设备610靠近自己。Exemplarily, the second electronic tag 621 can determine whether the external device 610 is close to itself by sensing the electromagnetic wave intensity of the external device 610, for example, when the second electronic tag 621 senses that the electromagnetic wave intensity of the external device 610 is higher than the preset intensity, The second electronic tag 621 determines that the external device 610 is close to itself.
相应的,外部设备610,设置为靠近第二电子标签621,获取电动工具的充电器620的连接信息。Correspondingly, the external device 610 is set close to the second electronic tag 621 to obtain the connection information of the charger 620 of the electric tool.
外部设备610靠近第二电子标签621是指:外部设备610与第二电子标签621之间的距离小于预设阈值,该预设阈值可以由技术人员进行设定,例如,该预设阈值可以为10厘米或20厘米等,本申请实施例对此不作限定。The proximity of the external device 610 to the second electronic tag 621 means that the distance between the external device 610 and the second electronic tag 621 is smaller than a preset threshold, which can be set by a technician. For example, the preset threshold can be 10 cm or 20 cm, etc., which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
示例性地,当第二电子标签621设置在电动工具的充电器620内部时,外部设备610可以靠近提示标签,以实现靠近第二电子标签621。Exemplarily, when the second electronic tag 621 is arranged inside the charger 620 of the electric tool, the external device 610 may approach the prompt tag, so as to approach the second electronic tag 621 .
可选地,外部设备610可以与第二电子标签621碰一碰,以获取电动工具的充电器620的连接信息;可选地,外部设备610可以通过扫描第二电子标签621,以获取电动工具的充电器620的连接信息。Optionally, the external device 610 can touch the second electronic tag 621 to obtain the connection information of the charger 620 of the electric tool; optionally, the external device 610 can scan the second electronic tag 621 to obtain the connection information of the electric tool The connection information of the charger 620.
外部设备610,设置为基于充电器620的连接信息,向充电器620发送第二连接请求。The external device 610 is configured to send a second connection request to the charger 620 based on the connection information of the charger 620 .
第二电子标签621内存储有电动工具的充电器620的连接信息,当外部设备610靠近第二电子标签621时,第二电子标签621会将存储的电动工具的充电器620的连接信息发送给外部设备610。电动工具的充电器620的连接信息用于指示电动工具的充电器620与其他设备相连的连接参数,例如,电动工具的充电器620的连接信息可以包括以下至少一项:电动工具的充电器620的蓝牙地址、电动工具的充电器620的WiFi(Wireless Fidelity,无线保真)信息、电动工具的充电器620的标识信息。外部设备610可以基于第二电子标签621中电动工具的充电器620的连接信息,向电动工具的充电器620发送第二连接请求,该第二连接请求用于外部设备610请求与电动工具的充电器620建立连接。The second electronic tag 621 stores the connection information of the charger 620 of the electric tool. When the external device 610 is close to the second electronic tag 621, the second electronic tag 621 will send the stored connection information of the charger 620 of the electric tool to external device 610 . The connection information of the charger 620 of the electric tool is used to indicate the connection parameters of the charger 620 of the electric tool connected to other devices. For example, the connection information of the charger 620 of the electric tool may include at least one of the following: the charger 620 of the electric tool Bluetooth address, WiFi (Wireless Fidelity, wireless fidelity) information of the charger 620 of the electric tool, identification information of the charger 620 of the electric tool. The external device 610 may send a second connection request to the charger 620 of the electric tool based on the connection information of the charger 620 of the electric tool in the second electronic tag 621, and the second connection request is used for the external device 610 to request charging with the electric tool The device 620 establishes a connection.
充电器620,设置为响应于第二连接请求,与外部设备610建立连接。The charger 620 is configured to establish a connection with the external device 610 in response to the second connection request.
充电器620在接收到第二连接请求后,响应该第二连接请求,与外部设备610建立连接。示例性地,充电器620响应于第二连接请求,向充电器620发送第二连接响应,外部设备610接收该第二连接响应,确定与充电器620建立连接。After receiving the second connection request, the charger 620 establishes a connection with the external device 610 in response to the second connection request. Exemplarily, the charger 620 sends a second connection response to the charger 620 in response to the second connection request, and the external device 610 receives the second connection response and determines to establish a connection with the charger 620 .
在本申请实施例中,用户只需要将外部设备610靠近第二电子标签621,即可获取到充电器620的连接信息,从而基于该充电器620的连接信息与充电器620建立连接,本申请实现了一键智联,外部设备610与第二电子标签621碰一碰或扫一扫即实现充电器620与外部设备610快速连接,操作简单,连接速度快。基于充电器的连接信息,快速把充电器与用户进行绑定。In this embodiment of the application, the user only needs to bring the external device 610 close to the second electronic tag 621 to obtain the connection information of the charger 620, so as to establish a connection with the charger 620 based on the connection information of the charger 620. One-key smart connection is realized, and the external device 610 and the second electronic tag 621 are touched or scanned to realize the quick connection between the charger 620 and the external device 610. The operation is simple and the connection speed is fast. Based on the connection information of the charger, quickly bind the charger with the user.
在可能的实现方式中,第二电子标签621存储的充电器620的连接信息为加密信息,外部设备610内预先存储有解密密钥,在获取到充电器620的连接信息后,基于上述解密密钥对充电器620的连接信息进行解密,得到解密后的充电器620的连接信息;然后基于解密后的充电器620的连接信息,与充电器620建立连接。In a possible implementation, the connection information of the charger 620 stored in the second electronic tag 621 is encrypted information, and a decryption key is pre-stored in the external device 610. After obtaining the connection information of the charger 620, based on the above decryption encryption The key decrypts the connection information of the charger 620 to obtain the decrypted connection information of the charger 620; and then establishes a connection with the charger 620 based on the decrypted connection information of the charger 620.
在可能的实现方式中,第二电子标签621内还存储有解密算法的标识信息,外部设备610内存储有预设对应关系,该预设对应关系包括至少一个解密算法的标识信息与解密算法的对应关系。外部设备610靠近第二电子标签621后,获取到加密的充电器620的连接信息和解密算法的标识信息;外部设备610根据预设对应关系确定解密算法;基于解密算法对加密的充电器620的连接信息进行解密,得到解密的充电器620的连接信息;并基于解密的充电器620的连接信息,与充电器620建立连接。In a possible implementation, the second electronic tag 621 also stores the identification information of the decryption algorithm, and the external device 610 stores a preset correspondence, the preset correspondence includes at least one decryption algorithm identification information and the decryption algorithm Correspondence. After the external device 610 approaches the second electronic tag 621, it obtains the connection information of the encrypted charger 620 and the identification information of the decryption algorithm; the external device 610 determines the decryption algorithm according to the preset corresponding relationship; based on the decryption algorithm, the encrypted charger 620 Decrypt the connection information to obtain decrypted connection information of the charger 620 ; and establish a connection with the charger 620 based on the decrypted connection information of the charger 620 .
在可能的实现方式中,第二电子标签621内还可以存储有充电器620的设备信息,充电器620的设备信息用于指示充电器620的基础信息。例如,充电器620的设备信息包括以下至少一项:充电器620的序列号、充电器620的型号信息、充电器620的出厂日期等。本申请实施例对第二电子标签621内存储 的信息内容不作限定,其可以由技术人员根据需求写入。外部设备610可以通过靠近第二电子标签621,获取充电器620的设备信息,从而将该充电器620加入到设备清单中,设备清单可以是指与外部设备610连接的所有充电器的清单,用户可以通过查询该设备清单,获取某一充电器的设备信息。In a possible implementation manner, the second electronic label 621 may further store device information of the charger 620 , and the device information of the charger 620 is used to indicate basic information of the charger 620 . For example, the device information of the charger 620 includes at least one of the following items: the serial number of the charger 620 , the model information of the charger 620 , the date of manufacture of the charger 620 and the like. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the content of information stored in the second electronic tag 621, which can be written by technicians according to requirements. The external device 610 can obtain the device information of the charger 620 by approaching the second electronic tag 621, thereby adding the charger 620 to the device list. The device list can refer to a list of all chargers connected to the external device 610. The user The device information of a certain charger can be obtained by querying the device list.
在可能的实现方式中,第二电子标签621内存储的数据可以更改,例如,技术人员可以通过标签数据更改设备对第二电子标签621内的数据进行更改,该标签数据更改设备中可以安装有标签数据更改程序,技术人员可以通过该标签数据更改程序对第二电子标签621内的数据进行更改,标签数据更改设备是指用于对电子标签内存储的数据进行更改的设备,标签数据更改程序是指用于对电子标签内存储的数据进行更改的应用程序。In a possible implementation, the data stored in the second electronic tag 621 can be changed. For example, a technician can change the data in the second electronic tag 621 through a tag data changing device, which can be installed with Tag data modification program, technicians can modify the data in the second electronic tag 621 through the tag data modification program, the tag data modification device refers to the device used to modify the data stored in the electronic tag, the tag data modification program Refers to the application program used to make changes to the data stored in the transponder.
示例性地,第二电子标签621内存储的信息可以按照数据存储规则写入,数据存储规则包括字段内容与各字段的字段存储区间和字段大小的对应规则。数据存储规则可以由技术人员进行设定。Exemplarily, the information stored in the second electronic tag 621 can be written according to data storage rules, and the data storage rules include corresponding rules of field contents, field storage intervals and field sizes of each field. Data storage rules can be set by technicians.
在可能的实现方式中,若外部设备610不能读取到第二电子标签621内存储的数据,则外部设备610显示异常信息,该异常信息用于提示第二电子标签621存在异常。In a possible implementation, if the external device 610 cannot read the data stored in the second electronic tag 621 , the external device 610 displays abnormal information, and the abnormal information is used to prompt that the second electronic tag 621 is abnormal.
综上所述,本申请实施例提供的技术方案中,通过将外部设备靠近电子标签,外部设备即可获取到充电器的连接信息,然后外部设备可以基于该充电器的连接信息与充电器建立连接,本申请只需要将外部设备与电子标签靠近即可实现充电器与外部设备的一键智联,操作简单,连接速度快。To sum up, in the technical solution provided by the embodiment of this application, by bringing the external device close to the electronic tag, the external device can obtain the connection information of the charger, and then the external device can establish a connection with the charger based on the connection information of the charger. Connection, this application only needs to bring the external device and the electronic tag close to realize the one-key intelligent connection between the charger and the external device, the operation is simple, and the connection speed is fast.
在示意性实施例中,外部设备610获取到充电器620的连接信息后,可以直接自动与充电器620建立连接,也即,不需要经过用户确认就直接与充电器620建立连接。In an exemplary embodiment, after obtaining the connection information of the charger 620, the external device 610 may directly and automatically establish a connection with the charger 620, that is, directly establish a connection with the charger 620 without confirmation from the user.
然而,在实际应用过程中,可能存在用户不小心将外部设备610与第二电子标签621误碰的情况,此时,充电器620与外部设备610的连接可能是用户 不想要的结果。因此,为了避免麻烦,外部设备610可以在用户确认后再与充电器620建立连接。下面将对经与用户确认后,外部设备610再与充电器620建立连接的方案进行介绍说明。However, in the actual application process, there may be situations where the user accidentally touches the external device 610 and the second electronic tag 621 by mistake. At this time, the connection between the charger 620 and the external device 610 may be an unwanted result of the user. Therefore, in order to avoid trouble, the external device 610 may establish a connection with the charger 620 after the user confirms. The scheme of establishing connection between the external device 610 and the charger 620 after confirmation with the user will be described below.
外部设备610,还设置为靠近第二电子标签621,在外部设备620内未安装有第二应用程序的情况下,获取第二应用程序的下载链接;基于第二应用程序的下载链接,下载第二应用程序。The external device 610 is also set close to the second electronic label 621, and if the second application program is not installed in the external device 620, obtain the download link of the second application program; based on the download link of the second application program, download the second application program Two applications.
第二应用程序可以是任一应用程序,该第二应用程序可以用来对充电器620的工作参数进行控制。示例性地,第二应用程序可以是系统级应用程序,也可以是第三方应用程序,本申请实施例对此不作限定。The second application program can be any application program, and the second application program can be used to control the working parameters of the charger 620 . Exemplarily, the second application program may be a system-level application program or a third-party application program, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
在可能的实现方式中,当外部设备610靠近第二电子标签621时,第二电子标签621会将内部存储的数据全部发送给外部设备610,上述数据包括充电器620的连接信息和第二应用程序的下载链接。外部设备610在确定未安装第二应用程序的情况下,从上述数据中获取该下载链接。在一个示例中,外部设备610通过下载链接自动下载第二应用程序的安装包,在安装包下载完成后自动安装该第二应用程序,并完成第二应用程序的相关注册登录;在另一个示例中,外部设备610获取到下载链接后,显示应用安装提示信息,该应用安装提示信息用于提示是否安装第二应用程序;响应于接收到针对应用安装提示信息的确认指令,外部设备610基于下载链接,下载第二应用程序的安装包,确认指令是指确认安装第二应用程序的指令;外部设备610在安装包下载完成后安装该第二应用程序,并完成第二应用程序的相关注册登录。In a possible implementation, when the external device 610 is close to the second electronic tag 621, the second electronic tag 621 will send all the data stored inside to the external device 610. The above data includes the connection information of the charger 620 and the second application Program download link. When the external device 610 determines that the second application program is not installed, it obtains the download link from the above data. In one example, the external device 610 automatically downloads the installation package of the second application program through the download link, and automatically installs the second application program after the installation package download is completed, and completes the relevant registration and login of the second application program; in another example Among them, after the external device 610 obtains the download link, it displays the application installation prompt information, and the application installation prompt information is used to prompt whether to install the second application program; in response to receiving the confirmation instruction for the application installation prompt information, the external device 610 downloads the Link to download the installation package of the second application program, the confirmation instruction refers to the instruction for confirming the installation of the second application program; the external device 610 installs the second application program after the installation package download is completed, and completes the relevant registration and login of the second application program .
示例性地,在完成第二应用程序的相关注册登录之后,第二应用程序会自动跳转显示第二应用程序的用户界面。Exemplarily, after completing the relevant registration and login of the second application program, the second application program will automatically jump to display the user interface of the second application program.
在示意性实施例中,外部设备610,还设置为靠近第二电子标签621,在外部设备610内安装有第二应用程序的情况下,显示第二应用程序的用户界面。In an exemplary embodiment, the external device 610 is also set close to the second electronic tag 621 , and when the second application program is installed in the external device 610 , displays the user interface of the second application program.
示例性地,在外部设备610内安装有第二应用程序的情况下,外部设备610在靠近第二电子标签621后,外部设备610会显示第二应用程序的用户界面, 例如,外部设备610会显示第二应用程序的首页界面,该首页界面是指用户手动打开第二应用程序时,第二应用程序显示的界面。当然,在其他可能的实现方式中,外部设备610靠近第二电子标签621后,显示的第二应用程序的用户界面还可以是其他界面,其可以由技术人员根据需求进行设定,本申请实施例对此不作限定。Exemplarily, when the second application program is installed in the external device 610, after the external device 610 approaches the second electronic tag 621, the external device 610 will display the user interface of the second application program, for example, the external device 610 will Displaying the homepage interface of the second application program, the homepage interface refers to the interface displayed by the second application program when the user manually opens the second application program. Of course, in other possible implementations, after the external device 610 approaches the second electronic tag 621, the displayed user interface of the second application program can also be other interfaces, which can be set by technicians according to requirements. Examples are not limited to this.
在示意性实施例中,外部设备610,还设置为响应于针对第二应用程序的用户界面触发的第二连接指令,基于充电器620的连接信息,向充电器620发送第二连接请求,第二连接指令是指用于将充电器与外部设备建立连接的指令。In an exemplary embodiment, the external device 610 is further configured to send a second connection request to the charger 620 based on the connection information of the charger 620 in response to the second connection instruction triggered by the user interface of the second application program. The second connection instruction refers to an instruction for establishing a connection between the charger and the external device.
示例性地,第二应用程序的用户界面上显示有连接控件,该连接控件是指用于将外部设备610与充电器620建立连接的控件;响应于接收到针对该连接控件的触控操作,外部设备610确定接收到针对第二应用程序的用户界面触发的连接指令;外部设备610基于充电器620的连接信息,向充电器620发送第二连接请求。然后,充电器620响应于第二连接请求,与外部设备610建立连接。Exemplarily, a connection control is displayed on the user interface of the second application, and the connection control refers to a control for establishing a connection between the external device 610 and the charger 620; in response to receiving a touch operation on the connection control, The external device 610 determines to receive a connection instruction triggered by the user interface of the second application; the external device 610 sends a second connection request to the charger 620 based on the connection information of the charger 620 . Then, the charger 620 establishes a connection with the external device 610 in response to the second connection request.
在这种方式下,外部设备610在接收到连接指令的情况下,才向充电器620发送连接请求,从而与充电器620建立连接,可以有效避免用户将外部设备610与充电器620误碰而导致充电器620与外部设备610自动连接的情况。In this way, the external device 610 sends a connection request to the charger 620 only after receiving the connection instruction, so as to establish a connection with the charger 620, which can effectively prevent the user from accidentally touching the external device 610 and the charger 620 A situation that results in automatic connection of the charger 620 and the external device 610 .
在可能的实现方式中,外部设备610,还设置为响应于针对第二应用程序的用户界面触发的取消连接指令,不向充电器620发送第二连接请求,取消连接指令是指用于取消充电器620与外部设备610建立连接的指令。In a possible implementation, the external device 610 is further configured to not send the second connection request to the charger 620 in response to the cancel connection instruction triggered by the user interface of the second application program, the cancel connection instruction refers to canceling the charging An instruction to establish a connection between the device 620 and the external device 610.
在这种方式下,若用户不小心将外部设备610与第二电子标签621误碰,则用户可以在第二应用程序的用户界面上触发取消连接指令,从而可以有效避免用户将外部设备610与第二电子标签621误碰而导致充电器620与外部设备610自动连接的情况。In this way, if the user accidentally touches the external device 610 with the second electronic tag 621, the user can trigger a cancel connection command on the user interface of the second application program, thereby effectively preventing the user from connecting the external device 610 with the second electronic tag 621. The situation where the charger 620 is automatically connected to the external device 610 due to a mistaken touch of the second electronic tag 621 .
第二应用程序可以用于对与外部设备610建立连接的充电器620进行控制。外部设备610可以与多个充电器620建立连接。在可能的实现方式中,第二应 用程序可以同时对该多个充电器进行控制,也可以单独对每个充电器进行控制,还可以对部分充电器进行控制。例如,用户可以预先在第二应用程序内设置好各个充电器的工作参数,当该多个充电器都处于工作状态时,用户可以通过触控第二应用程序的用户界面中的第一控件,对多个充电器进行控制,该第一控件是指用于控制多个充电器的控件。此时,上述多个充电器可以按照各自预先设置好的工作参数工作;当上述多个充电器中只存在部分充电器处于工作状态时,用户可以通过触控第二应用程序的用户界面中的第二控件,对上述部分充电器进行控制,该第二控件是指用于控制部分充电器的控件,此时,上述部分充电器可以按照各自预先设置好的工作参数工作,当外部设备610接收到针对第二控件的触发指令时,外部设备610会先确定上述多个充电器中处于工作状态的部分充电器,然后再将上述部分充电器各自的工作参数发送给对应的充电器;又例如,当某个充电器处于工作状态时,用户想要对该充电器的工作参数进行设置,此时,用户可以在第二应用程序的用户界面中对该充电器的工作参数进行设置后,点击第三控件,对该充电器进行控制,该第三控件是指用于控制某个充电器的控件。The second application program can be used to control the charger 620 connected with the external device 610 . The external device 610 can establish a connection with a plurality of chargers 620 . In a possible implementation manner, the second application program may control the multiple chargers at the same time, or control each charger individually, or control some chargers. For example, the user can pre-set the working parameters of each charger in the second application program, and when the multiple chargers are in the working state, the user can touch the first control in the user interface of the second application program, To control multiple chargers, the first control refers to a control for controlling multiple chargers. At this time, the above-mentioned multiple chargers can work according to their preset working parameters; when only some of the above-mentioned multiple chargers are in the working state, the user can touch the The second control is to control the above-mentioned part of the chargers. The second control refers to the control for controlling the part of the chargers. At this time, the above-mentioned part of the chargers can work according to their preset working parameters. When the external device 610 receives When the trigger instruction for the second control is received, the external device 610 will first determine some chargers in the working state among the above-mentioned multiple chargers, and then send the respective working parameters of the above-mentioned part of the chargers to the corresponding chargers; another example , when a certain charger is in working state, and the user wants to set the working parameters of the charger, at this time, the user can set the working parameters of the charger in the user interface of the second application program, and then click The third control controls the charger, and the third control refers to a control used to control a certain charger.
为了避免充电器被非法外部设备控制,可以对外部设备是否具备与充电器建立连接的权限进行验证;在外部设备具备与充电器的连接权限的情况下,允许充电器与外部设备建立连接,以便于外部设备对充电器进行控制。In order to prevent the charger from being controlled by an illegal external device, it is possible to verify whether the external device has the authority to establish a connection with the charger; if the external device has the connection authority to the charger, the charger is allowed to establish a connection with the external device, so that Control the charger from an external device.
充电器与外部设备建立连接后,服务器会存储充电器与外部设备的对应关系,充电器与外部设备的对应关系可以包括:充电器的标识信息(例如,序列号)与外部设备对应的用户账号(也即,外部设备中的第二应用程序登录的用户账号)。该服务器可以是第二应用程序的后台服务器,该第二应用程序的后台服务器可以是充电器的厂商使用的服务器。在充电器是第一次配对(第一次配对是指第一次与外部设备建立连接)的情况下,充电器直接与外部设备建立连接;在充电器不是第一次配对的情况下,外部设备向服务器发送配对请求,该 配对请求用于请求与充电器建立连接;服务器响应于配对请求,确定外部设备是否具备与充电器建立连接的权限;响应于外部设备具备与充电器建立连接的权限,外部设备可以向充电器发送第二连接请求;响应于外部设备不具备与充电器建立连接的权限,外部设备不可以向充电器发送第二连接请求。After the charger establishes a connection with the external device, the server will store the corresponding relationship between the charger and the external device. The corresponding relationship between the charger and the external device may include: the identification information (for example, serial number) of the charger and the user account corresponding to the external device (That is, the user account logged in by the second application program in the external device). The server may be a background server of the second application program, and the background server of the second application program may be a server used by a charger manufacturer. When the charger is paired for the first time (the first pairing refers to establishing a connection with an external device for the first time), the charger directly establishes a connection with the external device; when the charger is not paired for the first time, the external The device sends a pairing request to the server, which is used to request to establish a connection with the charger; in response to the pairing request, the server determines whether the external device has the permission to establish a connection with the charger; in response to the external device having the permission to establish a connection with the charger , the external device can send the second connection request to the charger; in response to the fact that the external device does not have the authority to establish a connection with the charger, the external device cannot send the second connection request to the charger.
在可能的实现方式中,服务器可以基于绑定充电器的外部设备连接的无线网络和发送配对请求的外部设备连接的无线网络,确定该发送配对请求的外部设备是否具备与充电器建立连接的权限。若绑定充电器的外部设备连接的无线网络和发送配对请求的外部设备连接的无线网络一致,则确定该发送配对请求的外部设备具备与充电器建立连接的权限;若绑定充电器的外部设备连接的无线网络和发送配对请求的外部设备连接的无线网络不一致,则确定该发送配对请求的外部设备不具备与充电器建立连接的权限。此时,配对请求携带无线网络的标识信息,该无线网络的标识信息用于唯一标识该无线网络;服务器还会存储用户使用外部设备中的第二应用程序注册登录时的无线网络的标识信息。服务器可以通过比对标识信息,从而确定无线网络是否一致。无线网络的标识信息可以是SSID。In a possible implementation, the server may determine whether the external device that sends the pairing request has permission to establish a connection with the charger based on the wireless network connected to the external device bound to the charger and the wireless network connected to the external device that sent the pairing request . If the wireless network connected to the external device bound to the charger is the same as the wireless network connected to the external device sending the pairing request, it is determined that the external device sending the pairing request has the authority to establish a connection with the charger; if the external device bound to the charger If the wireless network connected to the device is inconsistent with the wireless network connected to the external device sending the pairing request, it is determined that the external device sending the pairing request does not have the authority to establish a connection with the charger. At this time, the pairing request carries the identification information of the wireless network, and the identification information of the wireless network is used to uniquely identify the wireless network; the server also stores the identification information of the wireless network when the user registers and logs in with the second application program in the external device. The server can determine whether the wireless networks are consistent by comparing the identification information. The identification information of the wireless network may be an SSID.
当然,在其他可能的实现方式中,还可以通过如下方式确认外部设备是否具备与充电器建立连接的权限:服务器在接收到来自第一外部设备的配对请求的情况下,向第二外部设备(已经与充电器建立连接的外部设备,且是充电器第一次建立连接的外部设备)发送权限认证请求,权限认证请求用于请求确认第一外部设备是否具备与充电器建立连接的权限;第二外部设备响应于权限认证请求,显示权限认证提示信息,该权限认证提示信息用于提示用户确认第一外部设备是否具备与充电器建立连接的权限;在一个示例中,第二外部设备接收到针对该权限认证提示信息的确认指令,向服务器发送权限确认消息,确认指令是指确定第一外部设备具备与充电器建立连接的权限的指令,权限确认消息用于指示第一外部设备具备与充电器建立连接的权限;服务器响应于接收到权限确认消息,允许第一外部设备与充电器建立连接;在另一个示例中,第二 外部设备接收到针对该权限认证提示信息的否认指令,向服务器发送权限否认消息,否认指令是指确定第一外部设备不具备与充电器建立连接的权限的指令,权限否认消息用于指示第一外部设备不具备与充电器建立连接的权限;服务器响应于接收到权限否认消息,不允许第一外部设备与充电器建立连接。Of course, in other possible implementations, it is also possible to confirm whether the external device has the authority to establish a connection with the charger in the following manner: when the server receives a pairing request from the first external device, it sends a request to the second external device ( An external device that has established a connection with the charger, and it is the external device that the charger has established a connection for the first time) sends an authorization authentication request, and the authorization authentication request is used to request to confirm whether the first external device has the authorization to establish a connection with the charger; The second external device displays permission authentication prompt information in response to the permission authentication request, and the permission authentication prompt information is used to prompt the user to confirm whether the first external device has the permission to establish a connection with the charger; in one example, the second external device receives For the confirmation instruction of the authority authentication prompt information, send an authority confirmation message to the server, the confirmation instruction refers to an instruction to determine that the first external device has the authority to establish a connection with the charger, and the authority confirmation message is used to indicate that the first external device has the authority to connect with the charger. in response to receiving the permission confirmation message, the server allows the first external device to establish a connection with the charger; in another example, the second external device receives a deny instruction for the permission authentication prompt information, and sends the Sending a permission deny message, the deny instruction refers to an instruction for determining that the first external device does not have the permission to establish a connection with the charger, and the permission deny message is used to indicate that the first external device does not have the permission to establish a connection with the charger; the server responds to receiving If a permission deny message is received, the first external device is not allowed to establish a connection with the charger.
在示意性实施例中,如图7所示,充电器620包括第三无线通信模块622,外部设备610包括第四无线通信模块611。In an exemplary embodiment, as shown in FIG. 7 , the charger 620 includes a third wireless communication module 622 , and the external device 610 includes a fourth wireless communication module 611 .
外部设备610,设置为基于充电器620的连接信息,通过第四无线通信模块611向第三无线通信模块622发送第二连接请求。The external device 610 is configured to send a second connection request to the third wireless communication module 622 through the fourth wireless communication module 611 based on the connection information of the charger 620 .
充电器620,设置为响应于第二连接请求,通过第三无线通信模块622与第四无线通信模块611建立无线连接。The charger 620 is configured to establish a wireless connection with the fourth wireless communication module 611 through the third wireless communication module 622 in response to the second connection request.
示例性地,第三无线通信模块622对应的通信方式与第四无线通信模块611对应的通信方式一致,示例性地,通信方式包括以下任意一项:蓝牙通信、WiFi通信、Zigbee通信、UWB(Ultra Wide Band,超宽带)通信、红外通信。例如,当第三无线通信模块622对应的通信方式为蓝牙通信时,第四无线通信模块611对应的通信方式也为蓝牙通信,此时,第三无线通信模块622和第四无线通信模块611为蓝牙通信模块;又例如,当第三无线通信模块622对应的通信方式为WiFi通信时,第四无线通信模块611对应的通信方式也为WiFi通信,此时,第三无线通信模块622和第四无线通信模块611为WiFi通信模块。Exemplarily, the communication mode corresponding to the third wireless communication module 622 is consistent with the communication mode corresponding to the fourth wireless communication module 611. Exemplarily, the communication mode includes any of the following: Bluetooth communication, WiFi communication, Zigbee communication, UWB ( Ultra Wide Band, ultra-wide band) communication, infrared communication. For example, when the communication mode corresponding to the third wireless communication module 622 is Bluetooth communication, the communication mode corresponding to the fourth wireless communication module 611 is also Bluetooth communication. At this time, the third wireless communication module 622 and the fourth wireless communication module 611 are Bluetooth communication module; for another example, when the communication method corresponding to the third wireless communication module 622 is WiFi communication, the communication method corresponding to the fourth wireless communication module 611 is also WiFi communication. At this time, the third wireless communication module 622 and the fourth wireless communication module The wireless communication module 611 is a WiFi communication module.
需要说明的是,在外部设备610通过第四无线通信模块611与电池包620的第三无线通信模块622建立连接的过程中,外部设备610中与第四无线通信模块611对应的通信功能需要开启,充电器620中与第三无线通信模块622对应的通信功能需要开启;若没有开启,则自动开启相应的通信功能。例如,当第三无线通信模块622对应的通信方式为蓝牙通信,第四无线通信模块611对应的通信方式也为蓝牙通信时,外部设备610与充电器20需要开启蓝牙功能。It should be noted that during the process of establishing a connection between the external device 610 and the third wireless communication module 622 of the battery pack 620 through the fourth wireless communication module 611, the communication function corresponding to the fourth wireless communication module 611 in the external device 610 needs to be turned on , the communication function corresponding to the third wireless communication module 622 in the charger 620 needs to be turned on; if not turned on, the corresponding communication function is automatically turned on. For example, when the communication mode corresponding to the third wireless communication module 622 is Bluetooth communication, and the communication mode corresponding to the fourth wireless communication module 611 is also Bluetooth communication, the external device 610 and the charger 20 need to enable the Bluetooth function.
在示意性实施例中,充电器的连接信息包括充电器的蓝牙地址,如图8所示,第三无线通信模块622包括第三蓝牙模块622a,第四无线通信模块611包括第四蓝牙模块611a。In an exemplary embodiment, the connection information of the charger includes the Bluetooth address of the charger. As shown in FIG. 8, the third wireless communication module 622 includes a third Bluetooth module 622a, and the fourth wireless communication module 611 includes a fourth Bluetooth module 611a .
外部设备610,设置为基于充电器的蓝牙地址,通过第四蓝牙模块向第三蓝牙模块发送第三蓝牙连接请求,第二连接请求包括第三蓝牙连接请求。The external device 610 is configured to send a third Bluetooth connection request to the third Bluetooth module through the fourth Bluetooth module based on the Bluetooth address of the charger, and the second connection request includes the third Bluetooth connection request.
充电器620的蓝牙地址用于唯一标识该充电器620的蓝牙模块(即上述第一蓝牙模块)。充电器620的蓝牙地址可以包括蓝牙MAC(Media Access Control,媒体访问控制)地址。The Bluetooth address of the charger 620 is used to uniquely identify the Bluetooth module of the charger 620 (ie, the above-mentioned first Bluetooth module). The Bluetooth address of the charger 620 may include a Bluetooth MAC (Media Access Control, Media Access Control) address.
充电器620,设置为响应于第三蓝牙连接请求,通过第三蓝牙模块与第四蓝牙模块建立连接。The charger 620 is configured to establish a connection with the fourth Bluetooth module through the third Bluetooth module in response to the third Bluetooth connection request.
需要说明的是,在充电器620与外部设备610建立蓝牙连接的过程中,充电器620和外部设备610的蓝牙功能需要开启,外部设备610和充电器620可以自主检测自身的蓝牙功能是否开启,若没有开启,则自动开启蓝牙功能。It should be noted that, in the process of establishing a Bluetooth connection between the charger 620 and the external device 610, the Bluetooth function of the charger 620 and the external device 610 needs to be turned on, and the external device 610 and the charger 620 can independently detect whether their own Bluetooth function is turned on. If not enabled, the Bluetooth function will be automatically enabled.
在示意性实施例中,如图9所示,充电器620还包括第三WiFi模块623,因此,充电器620还可以联网,即与路由器建立连接。In an exemplary embodiment, as shown in FIG. 9 , the charger 620 further includes a third WiFi module 623 , therefore, the charger 620 can also be networked, that is, establish a connection with a router.
外部设备610,还设置为通过第四蓝牙模块将联网信息发送给第三蓝牙模块,联网信息用于指示路由器的配置参数。The external device 610 is further configured to send networking information to the third Bluetooth module through the fourth Bluetooth module, where the networking information is used to indicate configuration parameters of the router.
充电器620,还设置为基于联网信息,与路由器建立连接。The charger 620 is also configured to establish a connection with the router based on the networking information.
示例性地,联网信息包括以下至少一项:路由器的SSID、路由器的PWD(Pass Word,接入密码)、路由器的IP(Internet Protocol,网际协议)地址、路由器的频段标识等。路由器的频段标识用于指示路由器支持的频段(2.4G、2.4G和5G)。Exemplarily, the networking information includes at least one of the following: the SSID of the router, the PWD (Pass Word, access password) of the router, the IP (Internet Protocol, Internet Protocol) address of the router, the frequency band identifier of the router, and the like. The band ID of the router is used to indicate the bands supported by the router (2.4G, 2.4G and 5G).
示例性地,第三蓝牙模块622a和第三WiFi模块623集成在一个组件中,它们之间可以数据共享。第三蓝牙模块622a接收到联网信息后,第三WiFi模块623基于该联网信息与路由器建立连接。Exemplarily, the third Bluetooth module 622a and the third WiFi module 623 are integrated into one component, and data can be shared between them. After the third Bluetooth module 622a receives the networking information, the third WiFi module 623 establishes a connection with the router based on the networking information.
在本申请实施例中,外部设备610可以仅具备蓝牙模块,而不用具备WiFi 模块,即可实现充电器620与路由器建立连接,但充电器620需要同时具备蓝牙模块和WiFi模块。In the embodiment of the present application, the external device 610 may only have a Bluetooth module instead of a WiFi module, so that the charger 620 can establish a connection with the router, but the charger 620 needs to have both a Bluetooth module and a WiFi module.
在可能的实现方式中,联网信息可以为明文信息,也可以为加密信息,一般为加密信息。解密密钥可以内置在充电器620中,也可以通过外部传入的方式。示例性地,充电器620内存储有解密密钥,在获取到来自外部设备610的联网信息后,通过解密密钥对上述加密的联网信息进行解密,得到解密的联网信息;基于解密的联网信息,与路由器建立连接。In a possible implementation manner, the networking information may be plaintext information or encrypted information, and is generally encrypted information. The decryption key can be built in the charger 620, or can be passed in from outside. Exemplarily, a decryption key is stored in the charger 620, and after obtaining the networking information from the external device 610, the above-mentioned encrypted networking information is decrypted by the decryption key to obtain decrypted networking information; based on the decrypted networking information , to establish a connection with the router.
在可能的实现方式中,外部设备610把路由器的若干频段的联网信息(SSID和PWD)发送给充电器620,其中包含2.4G频段的联网信息。外部设备610发送的联网信息,可能标识了对应的频段(频段标识)。充电器620从联网信息中识别,或者通过试探,得出匹配的联网信息与路由器进行连接。例如,充电器620的频段为2.4G,则外部设备610将2.4G对应的联网信息(SSID和PWD)发送给充电器620,才能有效建立连接。In a possible implementation, the external device 610 sends networking information (SSID and PWD) of several frequency bands of the router to the charger 620, including networking information of the 2.4G frequency band. The networking information sent by the external device 610 may identify a corresponding frequency band (frequency band identifier). The charger 620 identifies from the networking information, or obtains matching networking information through a trial, and connects to the router. For example, if the frequency band of the charger 620 is 2.4G, the external device 610 can effectively establish the connection by sending the networking information (SSID and PWD) corresponding to 2.4G to the charger 620 .
示例性地,当充电器620通过路由器与无线网络建立连接后,充电器620能够与服务器进行通信。外部设备610可以通过第二应用程序向服务器发送相关操作指令,以使得服务器将该相关操作指令下发给充电器620。充电器620也可以把数据上报给服务器。Exemplarily, after the charger 620 establishes a connection with the wireless network through the router, the charger 620 can communicate with the server. The external device 610 may send a relevant operation instruction to the server through the second application program, so that the server sends the relevant operation instruction to the charger 620 . The charger 620 can also report the data to the server.
在可能的实现方式中,服务器接收到来自外部设备610的相关操作指令后,对该相关操作指令进行加密,得到加密后的相关操作指令;服务器将加密后的相关操作指令下发给充电器620;充电器接收到该加密后的相关操作指令后,通过安全密钥解析该加密后的相关操作指令,并执行该相关操作指令。可选地,安全密钥可以预先存储在充电器620内;或者,服务器将加密算法的ID发送给充电器;充电器620根据存储的预设对应关系,确定加密算法;充电器620基于加密算法生成安全密钥,加密算法的ID用于唯一标识该加密算法,预设对应关系包括至少一个加密算法的ID与加密算法的对应关系。In a possible implementation, after the server receives the related operation instructions from the external device 610, it encrypts the related operation instructions to obtain the encrypted related operation instructions; the server sends the encrypted related operation instructions to the charger 620 ; After receiving the encrypted related operation instruction, the charger parses the encrypted related operation instruction through the security key, and executes the related operation instruction. Optionally, the security key may be pre-stored in the charger 620; or, the server sends the ID of the encryption algorithm to the charger; the charger 620 determines the encryption algorithm according to the stored preset correspondence; the charger 620 determines the encryption algorithm based on the encryption algorithm A security key is generated, the ID of the encryption algorithm is used to uniquely identify the encryption algorithm, and the preset correspondence includes at least one correspondence between the ID of the encryption algorithm and the encryption algorithm.
示例性地,外部设备610能够通过有线网络或无线网络的方式与服务器进 行通信,例如,外部设备610可以通过LTE(The Long Term Evolution,长期演进)、5G(The Fifth Generation,第五代移动通信)、WiFi等网络与服务器进行通信。Exemplarily, the external device 610 can communicate with the server through a wired network or a wireless network. ), WiFi and other networks to communicate with the server.
在可能的实现方式中,在与外部设备610建立连接的充电器620开机后,第二应用程序可以显示提示信息,该提示信息用于提示该充电器在线,可进行充电器的远程配置操作。In a possible implementation, after the charger 620 connected with the external device 610 is turned on, the second application program may display a prompt message, the prompt message is used to prompt that the charger is online, and a remote configuration operation of the charger can be performed.
需要说明的是,上述充电器620的连接信息使用的解密算法、联网信息使用的解密算法和相关操作指令使用的解密算法可以是一样的解密算法,也可以是不一样的解密算法,本申请实施例对此不作限定,其可以由技术人员根据实际需求进行设定。It should be noted that the decryption algorithm used for the connection information of the above-mentioned charger 620, the decryption algorithm used for the network information, and the decryption algorithm used for related operation instructions may be the same decryption algorithm, or a different decryption algorithm, which is implemented in this application. This example is not limited, and it can be set by technicians according to actual needs.
在示意性实施例中,充电器的连接信息包括充电器的WiFi信息。如图10所示,第三无线通信模块622包括第三WiFi模块623,第四无线通信模块611包括第四WiFi模块612。In an exemplary embodiment, the connection information of the charger includes WiFi information of the charger. As shown in FIG. 10 , the third wireless communication module 622 includes a third WiFi module 623 , and the fourth wireless communication module 611 includes a fourth WiFi module 612 .
外部设备610,设置为基于充电器的WiFi信息,通过第四WiFi模块向第三WiFi模块发送第三无线连接请求,第二连接请求包括第三无线连接请求。The external device 610 is configured to send a third wireless connection request to the third WiFi module through the fourth WiFi module based on the WiFi information of the charger, and the second connection request includes the third wireless connection request.
充电器620,设置为响应于第三无线连接请求,通过第三WiFi模块与第四WiFi模块建立连接。The charger 620 is configured to establish a connection with the fourth WiFi module through the third WiFi module in response to the third wireless connection request.
在示意性实施例中,充电器的WiFi信息为第三WiFi模块创建的隐藏WiFi网络的信息。WiFi信息包括以下至少一项信息:充电器620的SSID(Service Set Identifier,服务区标识符)、充电器620的PWD(Pass Word,接入密码)、充电器620的频段标识等。充电器620的频段标识用于指示充电器620支持的频段(2.4G、2.4G和5G)。In an exemplary embodiment, the WiFi information of the charger is information of a hidden WiFi network created by the third WiFi module. The WiFi information includes at least one of the following information: SSID (Service Set Identifier, service area identifier) of the charger 620, PWD (Pass Word, access password) of the charger 620, frequency band identifier of the charger 620, and the like. The frequency band identifier of the charger 620 is used to indicate the frequency bands (2.4G, 2.4G and 5G) supported by the charger 620 .
在示意性实施例中,外部设备610,还设置为通过第四WiFi模块将联网信息发送给第三WiFi模块,联网信息用于指示路由器的配置参数。In an exemplary embodiment, the external device 610 is further configured to send networking information to the third WiFi module through the fourth WiFi module, where the networking information is used to indicate configuration parameters of the router.
充电器620,还设置为基于联网信息,与路由器建立连接。The charger 620 is also configured to establish a connection with the router based on the networking information.
示例性地,联网信息包括以下至少一项:路由器的SSID、路由器的PWD、路由器的IP地址、路由器的频段标识等。路由器的频段标识用于指示路由器支持的频段(2.4G、2.4G和5G)。Exemplarily, the networking information includes at least one of the following: SSID of the router, PWD of the router, IP address of the router, frequency band identifier of the router, and the like. The band ID of the router is used to indicate the bands supported by the router (2.4G, 2.4G and 5G).
示例性地,外部设备610切断与路由器的连接,切换连接到充电器620;外部设备610把联网信息发送给充电器620,从而使充电器620与路由器建立连接,完成配网。Exemplarily, the external device 610 cuts off the connection with the router, and switches to connect to the charger 620; the external device 610 sends networking information to the charger 620, so that the charger 620 establishes a connection with the router, and completes network distribution.
示例性地,第三WiFi模块623在接收到联网信息后,进行模组内部状态转换;然后基于联网信息,与路由器建立连接。Exemplarily, after receiving the networking information, the third WiFi module 623 performs internal state transition of the module; and then establishes a connection with the router based on the networking information.
在可能的实现方式中,在外部设备610将联网信息发送给充电器620后,外部设备610可以断开与充电器620的连接,恢复与路由器的连接。In a possible implementation manner, after the external device 610 sends the networking information to the charger 620, the external device 610 may disconnect from the charger 620 and restore the connection to the router.
在可能的实现方式中,在充电器620与路由器建立连接之后,外部设备610断开与充电器620的连接,恢复与路由器的连接。In a possible implementation manner, after the charger 620 establishes a connection with the router, the external device 610 disconnects from the charger 620 and restores the connection to the router.
在可能的实现方式中,联网信息为加密信息。充电器620内存储有解密密钥,在获取到来自外部设备610的联网信息后,充电器620通过解密密钥对上述加密的联网信息进行解密,得到解密的联网信息;基于解密的联网信息,与路由器建立连接。In a possible implementation manner, the networking information is encrypted information. A decryption key is stored in the charger 620. After obtaining the networking information from the external device 610, the charger 620 decrypts the encrypted networking information through the decryption key to obtain decrypted networking information; based on the decrypted networking information, Establish a connection with the router.
在可能的实现方式中,外部设备610还可以基于充电器620的频段标识,将与该充电器620的频段标识对应的联网信息发送给充电器620。与充电器620的频段标识对应的联网信息是指与充电器支持的频段一致的路由器的配置参数。例如,充电器620的频段标识指示充电器620支持的频段为2.4G,则外部设备610将2.4G对应的联网信息(SSID和PWD)发送给充电器620。In a possible implementation manner, the external device 610 may also send networking information corresponding to the frequency band identifier of the charger 620 to the charger 620 based on the frequency band identifier of the charger 620 . The networking information corresponding to the frequency band identifier of the charger 620 refers to configuration parameters of the router consistent with the frequency band supported by the charger. For example, the frequency band identifier of the charger 620 indicates that the frequency band supported by the charger 620 is 2.4G, and the external device 610 sends the network information (SSID and PWD) corresponding to 2.4G to the charger 620 .
在本申请实施例中,外部设备610仅需要具备WiFi模块,充电器620也仅需要具备WiFi模块,就可以实现充电器620与无线网络建立连接。In the embodiment of the present application, the external device 610 only needs to have a WiFi module, and the charger 620 only needs to have a WiFi module, so that the charger 620 can establish a connection with a wireless network.
示例性地,当充电器620通过路由器与无线网络建立连接后,充电器620能够与服务器进行通信。外部设备610可以通过第二应用程序向服务器发送相关操作指令,以使得服务器将该相关操作指令下发给充电器620。Exemplarily, after the charger 620 establishes a connection with the wireless network through the router, the charger 620 can communicate with the server. The external device 610 may send a relevant operation instruction to the server through the second application program, so that the server sends the relevant operation instruction to the charger 620 .
在可能的实现方式中,服务器接收到来自外部设备610的相关操作指令后,对该相关操作指令进行加密,得到加密后的相关操作指令;服务器将加密后的相关操作指令下发给充电器620;充电器620接收到该加密后的相关操作指令后,通过安全密钥解析该加密后的相关操作指令,并执行该相关操作指令。可选地,安全密钥可以预先存储在充电器620内;或者,服务器将加密算法的ID发送给充电器620;充电器620根据存储的预设对应关系,确定加密算法;充电器620基于加密算法生成安全密钥,加密算法的ID用于唯一标识该加密算法,预设对应关系包括至少一个加密算法的ID与加密算法的对应关系。In a possible implementation, after the server receives the related operation instructions from the external device 610, it encrypts the related operation instructions to obtain the encrypted related operation instructions; the server sends the encrypted related operation instructions to the charger 620 ; After receiving the encrypted related operation instruction, the charger 620 parses the encrypted related operation instruction through the security key, and executes the related operation instruction. Optionally, the security key can be pre-stored in the charger 620; or, the server sends the ID of the encryption algorithm to the charger 620; the charger 620 determines the encryption algorithm according to the stored preset correspondence; The algorithm generates a security key, the ID of the encryption algorithm is used to uniquely identify the encryption algorithm, and the preset correspondence includes the correspondence between the ID of at least one encryption algorithm and the encryption algorithm.
示例性地,外部设备610能够通过有线网络或无线网络的方式与服务器进行通信,例如,外部设备610可以通过LTE(The Long Term Evolution,长期演进)、5G(The Fifth Generation,第五代移动通信)、WiFi等网络与服务器进行通信。Exemplarily, the external device 610 can communicate with the server through a wired network or a wireless network. ), WiFi and other networks to communicate with the server.
在可能的实现方式中,在与外部设备610建立连接的充电器620开机后,第二应用程序可以显示提示信息,该提示信息用于提示该充电器在线,可进行充电器的远程配置操作。In a possible implementation, after the charger 620 connected with the external device 610 is turned on, the second application program may display a prompt message, the prompt message is used to prompt that the charger is online, and a remote configuration operation of the charger can be performed.
需要说明的是,上述充电器620的连接信息使用的解密算法、联网信息使用的解密算法和相关操作指令使用的解密算法可以是一样的解密算法,也可以是不一样的解密算法,本申请实施例对此不作限定,其可以由技术人员根据实际需求进行设定。It should be noted that the decryption algorithm used for the connection information of the above-mentioned charger 620, the decryption algorithm used for the network information, and the decryption algorithm used for related operation instructions may be the same decryption algorithm, or a different decryption algorithm, which is implemented in this application. This example is not limited, and it can be set by technicians according to actual needs.
在可能的实现方式中,充电器620的连接信息包括充电器620的蓝牙地址和充电器620的WiFi信息。此时,充电器620包括第三蓝牙模块622a和第三WiFi模块623,外部设备610包括第四蓝牙模块611a和第四WiFi模块612。In a possible implementation manner, the connection information of the charger 620 includes the Bluetooth address of the charger 620 and the WiFi information of the charger 620 . At this time, the charger 620 includes a third Bluetooth module 622 a and a third WiFi module 623 , and the external device 610 includes a fourth Bluetooth module 611 a and a fourth WiFi module 612 .
外部设备610,设置为靠近第二电子标签621,获取充电器620的蓝牙地址和充电器620的WiFi信息。The external device 610 is set close to the second electronic tag 621 to obtain the Bluetooth address of the charger 620 and the WiFi information of the charger 620 .
外部设备610,还设置为基于充电器620的蓝牙地址,通过第四蓝牙模块 611a向第三蓝牙模块622a发送第三蓝牙连接请求。The external device 610 is further configured to send a third Bluetooth connection request to the third Bluetooth module 622a through the fourth Bluetooth module 611a based on the Bluetooth address of the charger 620.
充电器620,设置为响应于第三蓝牙连接请求,通过第三蓝牙模块622a与第四蓝牙模块611a建立连接。The charger 620 is configured to establish a connection with the fourth Bluetooth module 611a through the third Bluetooth module 622a in response to the third Bluetooth connection request.
外部设备610,还设置为基于充电器620的WiFi信息,通过第四WiFi模块612向第三WiFi模块623发送第三无线连接请求。The external device 610 is further configured to send a third wireless connection request to the third WiFi module 623 through the fourth WiFi module 612 based on the WiFi information of the charger 620 .
充电器620,还设置为响应于第三无线连接请求,通过第三WiFi模块623与第四WiFi模块612建立连接。The charger 620 is further configured to establish a connection with the fourth WiFi module 612 through the third WiFi module 623 in response to the third wireless connection request.
在可能的实现方式中,外部设备610可以同时获取到充电器620的蓝牙地址和WiFi信息。示例性地,第二电子标签621内存储的数据为一个整体,也即,外部设备610可以同时获取到第二电子标签621内存储的所有数据。外部设备610获取到该数据后,可以对该数据进行解析,从而得到充电器620的蓝牙地址和WiFi信息。In a possible implementation manner, the external device 610 can acquire the Bluetooth address and WiFi information of the charger 620 at the same time. Exemplarily, the data stored in the second electronic tag 621 is integrated, that is, the external device 610 can obtain all the data stored in the second electronic tag 621 at the same time. After acquiring the data, the external device 610 may analyze the data, so as to obtain the Bluetooth address and WiFi information of the charger 620 .
在可能的实现方式中,外部设备610可以同时向充电器620发送第三蓝牙连接请求和第三无线连接请求;充电器620可以同时与外部设备610建立蓝牙连接和无线连接。In a possible implementation manner, the external device 610 may send the third Bluetooth connection request and the third wireless connection request to the charger 620 at the same time; the charger 620 may establish the Bluetooth connection and the wireless connection with the external device 610 at the same time.
在可能的实现方式中,外部设备610可以通过第四蓝牙模块611a将联网信息发送给充电器620,也可以通过第四WiFi模块612将联网信息发送给充电器620,其可以由技术人员进行设定。In a possible implementation, the external device 610 can send networking information to the charger 620 through the fourth Bluetooth module 611a, or can send networking information to the charger 620 through the fourth WiFi module 612, which can be set by a technician. Certainly.
在本申请实施例中,充电器和外部设备需要同时具备蓝牙模块和WiFi模块,才可建立蓝牙连接和WiFi连接。In the embodiment of the present application, the charger and the external device need to have both the Bluetooth module and the WiFi module, so that the Bluetooth connection and the WiFi connection can be established.
在示意性实施例中,充电器的连接信息包括充电器的标识信息,充电器的标识信息用于唯一标识充电器。In an exemplary embodiment, the connection information of the charger includes identification information of the charger, and the identification information of the charger is used to uniquely identify the charger.
示例性地,充电器的标识信息可以是指充电器的序列号,当然,在其他可能的实现方式中,充电器的标识信息还可以是技术人员设置的其他与充电器绑定的唯一的字符串,本申请实施例对此不作限定。Exemplarily, the identification information of the charger may refer to the serial number of the charger, of course, in other possible implementation manners, the identification information of the charger may also be other unique characters bound to the charger set by the technician string, which is not limited in the embodiment of this application.
外部设备,还设置为基于充电器的标识信息和第三对应关系,获取充电器的蓝牙地址,第三对应关系包括至少一个充电器的标识信息和充电器的蓝牙地址的对应关系。The external device is further configured to obtain the Bluetooth address of the charger based on the identification information of the charger and the third correspondence, and the third correspondence includes at least one correspondence between the identification information of the charger and the Bluetooth address of the charger.
外部设备,还设置为基于充电器的蓝牙地址,向充电器发送第四蓝牙连接请求,第二连接请求包括第四蓝牙连接请求。The external device is further configured to send a fourth Bluetooth connection request to the charger based on the Bluetooth address of the charger, and the second connection request includes the fourth Bluetooth connection request.
充电器,还设置为响应于第四蓝牙连接请求,与外部设备建立连接。The charger is also configured to establish a connection with the external device in response to the fourth Bluetooth connection request.
在可能的实现方式中,第三对应关系可以存储在服务器上,外部设备向服务器发送地址获取请求,该地址获取请求用于请求获取充电器的蓝牙地址,该地址获取请求中包括充电器的标识信息;服务器接收上述地址获取请求,并访问第三对应关系,从第三对应关系中找到与来自外部设备的充电器的标识信息相对应的蓝牙地址,然后将该蓝牙地址发送给外部设备。该服务器可以是充电器的厂商使用的服务器,或者是第二应用程序的服务器。充电器的厂商可以将第三对应关系上传至服务器。In a possible implementation, the third correspondence can be stored on the server, and the external device sends an address acquisition request to the server, and the address acquisition request is used to request the acquisition of the Bluetooth address of the charger, and the address acquisition request includes the identifier of the charger information; the server receives the above address acquisition request, and accesses the third correspondence, finds the bluetooth address corresponding to the identification information of the charger from the external device from the third correspondence, and then sends the bluetooth address to the external device. The server may be a server used by the manufacturer of the charger, or a server of the second application program. The manufacturer of the charger can upload the third correspondence to the server.
在可能的实现方式中,第三对应关系可以存储在外部设备上,外部设备可以基于第三对应关系和充电器的标识信息,确定出充电器的蓝牙地址。示例性地,服务器可以每隔预设时长将更新后的第三对应关系发送给外部设备,外部设备将更新后的第三对应关系存储在本地。In a possible implementation manner, the third correspondence may be stored on the external device, and the external device may determine the Bluetooth address of the charger based on the third correspondence and the identification information of the charger. Exemplarily, the server may send the updated third correspondence to the external device every preset period of time, and the external device stores the updated third correspondence locally.
在示意性实施例中,外部设备,还设置为基于充电器的标识信息和第四对应关系,获取充电器的WiFi信息,第四对应关系包括至少一个充电器的标识信息和充电器的WiFi信息的对应关系。In an exemplary embodiment, the external device is further configured to obtain the WiFi information of the charger based on the identification information of the charger and the fourth corresponding relationship, and the fourth corresponding relationship includes at least one identification information of the charger and the WiFi information of the charger corresponding relationship.
外部设备,还设置为基于充电器的WiFi信息,向充电器发送第四无线连接请求,第二连接请求包括第四无线连接请求。The external device is further configured to send a fourth wireless connection request to the charger based on the WiFi information of the charger, and the second connection request includes the fourth wireless connection request.
充电器,还设置为响应于第四无线连接请求,与外部设备建立连接。The charger is also configured to establish a connection with the external device in response to the fourth wireless connection request.
在示意性实施例中,外部设备,还设置为基于充电器的标识信息和第五对应关系,获取充电器的蓝牙地址和充电器的WiFi信息,第五对应关系包括至少一个充电器的标识信息和充电器的蓝牙地址以及充电器的WiFi信息的对应关系。In an exemplary embodiment, the external device is further configured to acquire the Bluetooth address of the charger and the WiFi information of the charger based on the identification information of the charger and the fifth correspondence, and the fifth correspondence includes identification information of at least one charger The corresponding relationship with the Bluetooth address of the charger and the WiFi information of the charger.
外部设备,还设置为基于充电器的蓝牙地址,向充电器发送第四蓝牙连接请求,第二连接请求包括第四蓝牙连接请求。The external device is further configured to send a fourth Bluetooth connection request to the charger based on the Bluetooth address of the charger, and the second connection request includes the fourth Bluetooth connection request.
外部设备,还设置为基于充电器的WiFi信息,向充电器发送第四无线连接请求,第二连接请求包括第四无线连接请求。The external device is further configured to send a fourth wireless connection request to the charger based on the WiFi information of the charger, and the second connection request includes the fourth wireless connection request.
充电器,还设置为响应于第四蓝牙连接请求,与外部设备建立蓝牙连接。The charger is also configured to establish a Bluetooth connection with the external device in response to the fourth Bluetooth connection request.
充电器,还设置为响应于第四无线连接请求,与外部设备建立WiFi连接。The charger is also configured to establish a WiFi connection with the external device in response to the fourth wireless connection request.
在可能的实现方式中,用户可以通过第二应用程序实现一键更换第二应用程序显示的充电器连接的无线网络。例如,用户原先使用的是第一无线网络(第一路由器),由于某些原因用户更换了使用的无线网络,从原先使用的第一无线网络更换为了第二无线网络(第二路由器),此时,为了更好的控制充电器,用户需要将充电器连接的无线网络从第一无线网络替换为第二无线网络。第二应用程序显示有第二转网控件,该第二转网控件是指用于更换充电器连接的无线网络的控件。外部设备响应于接收到针对第二转网控件的触控指令,将第二无线网络的联网信息发送给充电器,第二无线网络的联网信息用于指示第二路由器的配置参数。充电器接收第二无线网络的联网信息;基于第二无线网络的联网信息,与第二路由器建立连接。In a possible implementation manner, the user can implement one-click replacement of the wireless network connected to the charger displayed by the second application program through the second application program. For example, the user originally used the first wireless network (the first router), and due to some reasons the user changed the wireless network used, from the first wireless network originally used to the second wireless network (the second router), this , in order to better control the charger, the user needs to replace the wireless network connected to the charger from the first wireless network to the second wireless network. The second application program displays a second network transfer control, and the second network transfer control refers to a control for changing the wireless network to which the charger is connected. In response to receiving the touch instruction for the second network switching control, the external device sends the networking information of the second wireless network to the charger, and the networking information of the second wireless network is used to indicate configuration parameters of the second router. The charger receives networking information of the second wireless network; and establishes a connection with the second router based on the networking information of the second wireless network.
示例性地,外部设备可以通过如下方式获取第二无线网络的联网信息:在一个示例中,用户可以在第二应用程序中输入第二无线网络的联网信息,触发第二应用程序获取到第二无线网络的联网信息;在另一个示例中,第二路由器上设置有NFC标签或第二路由器内设置有NFC模块,外部设备靠近该NFC标签或NFC模块,获取到第二无线网络的联网信息。Exemplarily, the external device may acquire the networking information of the second wireless network in the following manner: In an example, the user may input the networking information of the second wireless network in the second application program, and trigger the second application program to acquire the second wireless network information. Networking information of the wireless network; in another example, an NFC tag is provided on the second router or an NFC module is provided in the second router, and an external device approaches the NFC tag or NFC module to obtain the networking information of the second wireless network.
示例性地,第二应用程序可以将第二无线网络的联网信息发送给第二应用程序显示的所有充电器;若充电器处于开机状态,则充电器可以即时更换无线网络;若充电器处于关机状态,则第二无线网络的联网信息可以暂存在服务器上,当充电器开机后,服务器再将该第二无线网络的联网信息发送给充电器, 以使得充电器更换无线网络。Exemplarily, the second application program can send the networking information of the second wireless network to all the chargers displayed by the second application program; if the charger is on, the charger can replace the wireless network immediately; if the charger is off status, the networking information of the second wireless network can be temporarily stored on the server, and when the charger is turned on, the server sends the networking information of the second wireless network to the charger, so that the charger can replace the wireless network.
在可能的实现方式中,充电器连接的路由器没有更换,但路由器的PWD发生了变化,用户也可以通过第二应用程序将更换后的PWD发送给充电器。第二应用程序显示有第五控件,该第五控件是指用于将更换后的PWD发送给充电器的控件。外部设备响应于接收到针对第五控件的触控指令,将更换后的PWD发送给充电器;充电器接收更换后的PWD;基于更换后的PWD与路由器建立连接。In a possible implementation, the router connected to the charger is not changed, but the PWD of the router is changed, and the user can also send the changed PWD to the charger through the second application program. The second application is displayed with a fifth control, which refers to a control for sending the replaced PWD to the charger. In response to receiving the touch command for the fifth control, the external device sends the replaced PWD to the charger; the charger receives the replaced PWD; and establishes a connection with the router based on the replaced PWD.
示例性地,外部设备可以通过如下方式获取更换后的PWD:在一个示例中,用户可以在第二应用程序中输入更换后的PWD,触发第二应用程序获取到更换后的PWD;在另一个示例中,路由器上设置有NFC标签或路由器内设置有NFC模块,外部设备靠近该NFC标签或NFC模块,获取到更换后的PWD。Exemplarily, the external device can obtain the replaced PWD in the following manner: in one example, the user can input the replaced PWD in the second application program, and trigger the second application program to obtain the replaced PWD; in another In an example, an NFC tag is set on the router or an NFC module is set in the router, and an external device approaches the NFC tag or NFC module to obtain the replaced PWD.
示例性地,第二应用程序可以将更换后的PWD发送给第二应用程序中与该路由器连接的所有充电器;若充电器处于开机状态,则充电器可以即时基于更换后的PWD重新连接路由器;若充电器处于关机状态,则更换后的PWD可以暂存在服务器上,当充电器开机后,服务器再将该更换后的PWD发送给充电器,以使得充电器基于更换后的PWD重新连接路由器。Exemplarily, the second application program can send the replaced PWD to all chargers connected to the router in the second application program; if the charger is powered on, the charger can immediately reconnect to the router based on the replaced PWD ; If the charger is turned off, the replaced PWD can be temporarily stored on the server. When the charger is turned on, the server will send the replaced PWD to the charger, so that the charger can reconnect to the router based on the replaced PWD .
上述实施例介绍了充电器通过电子标签与外部设备建立连接,在可能的实现方式中,充电器还可以通过NFC模块与外部设备建立连接。示例性地,该NFC模块可以适配不同的充电器,用户可以通过该NFC模块实现将不同的充电器与外部设备建立连接。该NFC模块与充电器之间具有通信接口,该通信接口可以设置为获取充电器的连接信息,例如,NFC模块包括第三接口,充电器包括第四接口,第三接口与第四接口适配,NFC模块可以是硬件结构,充电器的壳体上设置有第四接口,本申请实施例对第四接口的设置位置不作限定,充电器的壳体上方便用户操作的位置都可以设置有第四接口,本申请实施例对此不作限 定。用户可以通过将第三接口与第四接口耦合,以使得NFC模块获取到充电器的连接信息。NFC模块获取到充电器的连接信息后,将充电器的连接信息发送给外部设备。当充电器与外部设备建立连接后,用户可以将NFC模块的第三接口从该充电器的第四接口处脱离,然后将该NFC模块与其他待连接的充电器耦合,以实现将该待连接的充电器与外部设备建立连接。示例性地,NFC模块还包括收发器,该收发器设置为获取充电器的连接信息,以及将该充电器的连接信息发送给外部设备。The foregoing embodiment describes that the charger establishes a connection with an external device through an electronic tag. In a possible implementation manner, the charger may also establish a connection with an external device through an NFC module. Exemplarily, the NFC module can be adapted to different chargers, and the user can establish connections between different chargers and external devices through the NFC module. There is a communication interface between the NFC module and the charger, and the communication interface can be set to obtain connection information of the charger, for example, the NFC module includes a third interface, the charger includes a fourth interface, and the third interface is adapted to the fourth interface , the NFC module may be a hardware structure, and the charger housing is provided with a fourth interface. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the setting position of the fourth interface. Four interfaces, which are not limited in this embodiment of the present application. The user can make the NFC module acquire the connection information of the charger by coupling the third interface with the fourth interface. After obtaining the connection information of the charger, the NFC module sends the connection information of the charger to the external device. When the charger is connected to the external device, the user can disconnect the third interface of the NFC module from the fourth interface of the charger, and then couple the NFC module with other chargers to be connected to realize the The charger establishes a connection with an external device. Exemplarily, the NFC module further includes a transceiver configured to obtain connection information of the charger and send the connection information of the charger to an external device.
示例性地,NFC模块可以设置在充电器内部,每个充电器内设置有NFC模块。充电器与充电器之间可以通过NFC模块进行通信。第一充电器的第一NFC模块靠近第二充电器的第二NFC模块,第一充电器和第二充电器之间可以通过NFC方式传输数据。例如,第一充电器已经与路由器建立了连接,第一充电器存储有联网信息,用户可以将第一NFC模块靠近第二NFC模块,以将第一充电器存储的联网信息通过第一NFC模块发送给第二NFC模块;第二充电器的第二NFC模块接收到联网信息后,将联网信息发送给第二充电器的WiFi模块,第二充电器的WiFi模块基于该联网信息,与路由器建立连接。Exemplarily, the NFC module can be arranged inside the charger, and each charger is provided with an NFC module. The charger can communicate with the charger through the NFC module. The first NFC module of the first charger is close to the second NFC module of the second charger, and data can be transmitted between the first charger and the second charger through NFC. For example, the first charger has established a connection with the router, and the first charger stores networking information, and the user can bring the first NFC module close to the second NFC module, so that the networking information stored in the first charger can be passed through the first NFC module. Send to the second NFC module; after the second NFC module of the second charger receives the networking information, it sends the networking information to the WiFi module of the second charger, and the WiFi module of the second charger establishes a network connection with the router based on the networking information. connect.
本申请实施例中的NFC模块可以通过NFC通信方式与外部设备进行通信。示例性地,NFC模块可以通过NFC通信方式接收来自外部设备的配置数据,该配置数据用于对充电器进行配置。The NFC module in the embodiment of the present application can communicate with external devices through NFC communication. Exemplarily, the NFC module can receive configuration data from an external device through NFC communication, and the configuration data is used to configure the charger.
需要说明的是,充电器与外部设备建立连接的过程,与电动工具与外部设备建立连接的过程相似,有关充电器与外部设备建立连接的过程中未披露的技术细节可参考电动工具与外部设备建立连接的过程的相关介绍说明;充电器与路由器建立连接的过程,与电动工具与路由器建立连接的过程相似,有关充电器与路由器建立连接的过程中未披露的技术细节可参考电动工具与路由器建立连接的过程的相关介绍说明。It should be noted that the process of establishing a connection between a charger and an external device is similar to the process of establishing a connection between an electric tool and an external device. For undisclosed technical details about the process of establishing a connection between a charger and an external device, please refer to The relevant introduction to the process of establishing a connection; the process of establishing a connection between a charger and a router is similar to the process of establishing a connection between an electric tool and a router. For undisclosed technical details about the process of establishing a connection between a charger and a router, please refer to Electric tools and routers Instructions related to the process of establishing a connection.
在可能的实现方式中,电池包中设置有无线通信模块,因此,电池包也可以与外部设备建立连接,进而与路由器建立连接。有关电池包与外部设备建立连接的过程,与电动工具与外部设备建立连接的过程相似,技术人员可以参考本申请中有关电动工具与外部设备建立连接的介绍说明实现电池包与外部设备建立连接;有关电池包与路由器建立连接的过程,与电动工具与路由器建立连接的过程相似,技术人员可以参考本申请中有关电动工具与路由器建立连接的介绍说明实现电池包与路由器建立连接。In a possible implementation manner, the battery pack is provided with a wireless communication module, therefore, the battery pack can also establish a connection with an external device, and further establish a connection with a router. The process of establishing the connection between the battery pack and the external device is similar to the process of establishing the connection between the electric tool and the external device. The technical staff can refer to the introduction of the connection between the electric tool and the external device in this application to realize the connection between the battery pack and the external device; The process of establishing a connection between the battery pack and the router is similar to the process of establishing a connection between the electric tool and the router. Technicians can refer to the introduction about the establishment of the connection between the electric tool and the router in this application to realize the establishment of the connection between the battery pack and the router.
请参考图11,其示出了本申请一个实施例提供的网关设备的通信系统的示意图。该系统1000包括:网关设备1010、电动工具1020,电动工具1020上设置有第三电子标签1021。Please refer to FIG. 11 , which shows a schematic diagram of a communication system of a gateway device provided by an embodiment of the present application. The system 1000 includes: a gateway device 1010 and an electric tool 1020 , and a third electronic tag 1021 is arranged on the electric tool 1020 .
第三电子标签1021,设置为响应于网关设备靠近第三电子标签,将电动工具的连接信息发送给网关设备。The third electronic tag 1021 is configured to send the connection information of the electric tool to the gateway device in response to the gateway device approaching the third electronic tag.
网关设备1010,设置为基于电动工具的连接信息,向电动工具发送第三连接请求。The gateway device 1010 is configured to send a third connection request to the electric tool based on the connection information of the electric tool.
电动工具1020,设置为响应于第三连接请求,与网关设备建立连接。The electric tool 1020 is configured to establish a connection with the gateway device in response to the third connection request.
网关设备与电动工具建立连接的过程,与外部设备与电动工具建立连接的过程相似,有关网关设备与电动工具建立连接的介绍说明可参见上文对外部设备与电动工具建立连接的介绍说明,此处不再赘述。The process of establishing a connection between the gateway device and the electric tool is similar to the process of establishing a connection between the external device and the electric tool. For the introduction of the connection between the gateway device and the electric tool, please refer to the introduction to the connection between the external device and the electric tool above. I won't repeat them here.
在可能的实现方式中,网关设备上设置有第四电子标签,该第四电子标签包括网关设备的连接信息;外部设备靠近第四电子标签,获取网关设备的连接信息;基于网关设备的连接信息,外部设备向网关设备发送连接请求;网关设备响应于连接请求,与外部设备建立连接;外部设备向网关设备发送联网信息;网关设备基于联网信息,与路由器建立连接。此时,网关设备可以通过路由器与外网通信,因为电动工具与网关设备建立了连接,所以电动工具也可以访问外网。In a possible implementation, the gateway device is provided with a fourth electronic label, and the fourth electronic label includes the connection information of the gateway device; the external device approaches the fourth electronic label to obtain the connection information of the gateway device; based on the connection information of the gateway device , the external device sends a connection request to the gateway device; the gateway device establishes a connection with the external device in response to the connection request; the external device sends networking information to the gateway device; the gateway device establishes a connection with the router based on the networking information. At this time, the gateway device can communicate with the external network through the router, and because the electric tool has established a connection with the gateway device, the electric tool can also access the external network.
综上所述,本申请实施例提供的技术方案中,通过将网关设备靠近电子标签,网关设备即可获取到电动工具的连接信息,然后网关设备可以基于该电动工具的连接信息与电动工具建立连接,本申请只需要将网关设备与电子标签靠近即可实现电动工具与网关设备的一键智联,操作简单,连接速度快。To sum up, in the technical solution provided by the embodiment of the present application, by bringing the gateway device close to the electronic tag, the gateway device can obtain the connection information of the electric tool, and then the gateway device can establish a connection with the electric tool based on the connection information of the electric tool. Connection, this application only needs to bring the gateway device and the electronic tag close to realize the one-key intelligent connection between the electric tool and the gateway device, the operation is simple and the connection speed is fast.
下述为本申请方法实施例,对于本申请方法实施例中未披露的细节,请参照本申请系统实施例。The following is the method embodiment of the present application. For details not disclosed in the method embodiment of the present application, please refer to the system embodiment of the present application.
请参考图12,其示出了本申请一个实施例提供的电动工具的通信方法的流程图,该电动工具上设置有第一电子标签,第一电子标签存储有电动工具的连接信息,所述方法可以包括如下步骤:Please refer to FIG. 12 , which shows a flow chart of a communication method for an electric tool provided by an embodiment of the present application. The electric tool is provided with a first electronic tag, and the first electronic tag stores connection information of the electric tool. The method may include the steps of:
步骤1101,外部设备靠近电动工具上设置的第一电子标签,获取电动工具的连接信息。Step 1101, the external device gets close to the first electronic tag set on the electric tool, and obtains the connection information of the electric tool.
步骤1102,外部设备基于电动工具的连接信息,向电动工具发送第一连接请求。Step 1102, the external device sends a first connection request to the electric tool based on the connection information of the electric tool.
相应地,电动工具接收外部设备基于电动工具的连接信息发送的第一连接请求。Correspondingly, the electric tool receives the first connection request sent by the external device based on the connection information of the electric tool.
步骤1103,电动工具响应于第一连接请求,与外部设备建立连接。Step 1103, the electric tool establishes a connection with the external device in response to the first connection request.
综上所述,本申请实施例提供的技术方案中,通过将外部设备靠近电子标签,外部设备即可获取到电动工具的连接信息,然后外部设备可以基于该电动工具的连接信息与电动工具建立连接,本申请只需要将外部设备与电子标签靠近即可实现电动工具与外部设备的一键智联,操作简单,连接速度快。To sum up, in the technical solution provided by the embodiment of the present application, by bringing the external device close to the electronic tag, the external device can obtain the connection information of the electric tool, and then the external device can establish a connection with the electric tool based on the connection information of the electric tool. Connection, this application only needs to bring the external device and the electronic tag close to realize the one-key intelligent connection between the electric tool and the external device, the operation is simple and the connection speed is fast.
在示意性实施例中,电动工具包括第一无线通信模块,所述外部设备包括第二无线通信模块。如图13所示,其示出了本申请另一个实施例提供的电动工具的通信方法的流程图。该方法可以包括如下几个步骤:In an illustrative embodiment, a power tool includes a first wireless communication module, and the external device includes a second wireless communication module. As shown in FIG. 13 , it shows a flowchart of a communication method for an electric tool provided by another embodiment of the present application. The method may include the following steps:
步骤1201,外部设备靠近电动工具上设置的第一电子标签,获取电动工具 的连接信息。Step 1201, the external device approaches the first electronic tag set on the electric tool to obtain the connection information of the electric tool.
步骤1202,外部设备基于电动工具的连接信息,通过第二无线通信模块向第一无线通信模块发送第一连接请求。Step 1202, based on the connection information of the electric tool, the external device sends a first connection request to the first wireless communication module through the second wireless communication module.
步骤1203,电动工具响应于第一连接请求,通过第一无线通信模块与第二无线通信模块建立无线连接。Step 1203, the electric tool establishes a wireless connection with the second wireless communication module through the first wireless communication module in response to the first connection request.
在示意性实施例中,电动工具的连接信息包括电动工具的蓝牙地址,第一无线通信模块包括第一蓝牙模块,第二无线通信模块包括第二蓝牙模块。如图14所示,其示出了本申请另一个实施例提供的电动工具的通信方法的流程图。该方法可以包括如下几个步骤:In an exemplary embodiment, the connection information of the electric tool includes a Bluetooth address of the electric tool, the first wireless communication module includes a first Bluetooth module, and the second wireless communication module includes a second Bluetooth module. As shown in FIG. 14 , it shows a flowchart of a communication method for an electric tool provided by another embodiment of the present application. The method may include the following steps:
步骤1301,外部设备靠近电动工具上设置的第一电子标签,获取电动工具的蓝牙地址。Step 1301, the external device approaches the first electronic tag set on the electric tool, and obtains the bluetooth address of the electric tool.
步骤1302,外部设备基于电动工具的蓝牙地址,通过第二蓝牙模块向第一蓝牙模块发送第一蓝牙连接请求,第一连接请求包括第一蓝牙连接请求。Step 1302, based on the Bluetooth address of the electric tool, the external device sends a first Bluetooth connection request to the first Bluetooth module through the second Bluetooth module, where the first connection request includes the first Bluetooth connection request.
步骤1303,电动工具响应于第一蓝牙连接请求,通过第一蓝牙模块与第二蓝牙模块建立连接。Step 1303, the electric tool establishes a connection with the second Bluetooth module through the first Bluetooth module in response to the first Bluetooth connection request.
在可能的实现方式中,所述方法还包括如下步骤:In a possible implementation, the method also includes the following steps:
步骤1304,外部设备通过第二蓝牙模块将联网信息发送给第一蓝牙模块,联网信息用于指示路由器的配置参数。Step 1304, the external device sends networking information to the first Bluetooth module through the second Bluetooth module, and the networking information is used to indicate configuration parameters of the router.
步骤1305,电动工具基于联网信息,与路由器建立连接。Step 1305, the electric tool establishes a connection with the router based on the networking information.
在示意性实施例中,电动工具的连接信息包括电动工具的WiFi信息,第一无线通信模块包括第一WiFi模块,第二无线通信模块包括第二WiFi模块。如图15所示,其示出了本申请另一个实施例提供的电动工具的通信方法的流程图。该方法可以包括如下几个步骤:In an exemplary embodiment, the connection information of the electric tool includes WiFi information of the electric tool, the first wireless communication module includes a first WiFi module, and the second wireless communication module includes a second WiFi module. As shown in FIG. 15 , it shows a flowchart of a communication method for an electric tool provided by another embodiment of the present application. The method may include the following steps:
步骤1401,外部设备靠近电动工具上设置的第一电子标签,获取电动工具 的WiFi信息。Step 1401, the external device approaches the first electronic tag set on the electric tool to obtain the WiFi information of the electric tool.
步骤1402,外部设备基于电动工具的WiFi信息,通过第二WiFi模块向第一WiFi模块发送第一无线连接请求,第一连接请求包括第一无线连接请求。Step 1402, based on the WiFi information of the electric tool, the external device sends a first wireless connection request to the first WiFi module through the second WiFi module, where the first connection request includes the first wireless connection request.
步骤1403,电动工具响应于第一无线连接请求,通过第一WiFi模块与第二WiFi模块建立连接。Step 1403, the electric tool establishes a connection with the second WiFi module through the first WiFi module in response to the first wireless connection request.
在可能的实现方式中,上述方法还可以包括如下步骤:In a possible implementation, the above method may also include the following steps:
步骤1404,外部设备通过第二WiFi模块将联网信息发送给第一WiFi模块,联网信息用于指示路由器的配置参数。Step 1404, the external device sends networking information to the first WiFi module through the second WiFi module, where the networking information is used to indicate configuration parameters of the router.
步骤1405,电动工具基于联网信息,与路由器建立连接。Step 1405, the electric tool establishes a connection with the router based on the networking information.
在示意性实施例中,WiFi信息为第一WiFi模块创建的隐藏WiFi网络的信息。In an exemplary embodiment, the WiFi information is information of a hidden WiFi network created by the first WiFi module.
在示意性实施例中,电动工具的连接信息包括电动工具的标识信息,电动工具的标识信息用于唯一标识电动工具。如图16所示,其示出了本申请另一个实施例提供的电动工具的通信方法的流程图。该方法可以包括如下几个步骤:In an exemplary embodiment, the connection information of the electric tool includes identification information of the electric tool, and the identification information of the electric tool is used to uniquely identify the electric tool. As shown in FIG. 16 , it shows a flowchart of a communication method for an electric tool provided by another embodiment of the present application. The method may include the following steps:
步骤1501,外部设备靠近电动工具上设置的第一电子标签,获取电动工具的标识信息。Step 1501, the external device approaches the first electronic tag set on the electric tool, and acquires the identification information of the electric tool.
步骤1502,外部设备基于电动工具的标识信息和第一对应关系,获取电动工具的蓝牙地址,第一对应关系包括至少一个电动工具的标识信息和电动工具的蓝牙地址的对应关系。Step 1502, the external device obtains the Bluetooth address of the electric tool based on the identification information of the electric tool and a first correspondence, and the first correspondence includes a correspondence between at least one identification information of the electric tool and the Bluetooth address of the electric tool.
步骤1503,外部设备基于电动工具的蓝牙地址,向电动工具发送第二蓝牙连接请求,第一连接请求包括第二蓝牙连接请求;Step 1503, the external device sends a second Bluetooth connection request to the electric tool based on the Bluetooth address of the electric tool, and the first connection request includes the second Bluetooth connection request;
步骤1504,电动工具响应于第二蓝牙连接请求,与外部设备建立连接。Step 1504, the electric tool establishes a connection with the external device in response to the second Bluetooth connection request.
如图17所示,其示出了本申请另一个实施例提供的电动工具的通信方法的流程图。该方法可以包括如下几个步骤:As shown in FIG. 17 , it shows a flowchart of a communication method for an electric tool provided by another embodiment of the present application. The method may include the following steps:
步骤1601,外部设备靠近电动工具上设置的第一电子标签,获取电动工具 的标识信息。Step 1601, the external device approaches the first electronic tag set on the electric tool to obtain the identification information of the electric tool.
步骤1602,外部设备基于电动工具的标识信息和第二对应关系,获取电动工具的WiFi信息,第二对应关系包括至少一个电动工具的标识信息和电动工具的WiFi信息的对应关系。Step 1602, the external device acquires the WiFi information of the electric tool based on the identification information of the electric tool and a second correspondence, the second correspondence includes a correspondence between at least one identification information of the electric tool and the WiFi information of the electric tool.
步骤1603,外部设备基于电动工具的WiFi信息,向电动工具发送第二无线连接请求,第一连接请求包括第二无线连接请求。Step 1603, the external device sends a second wireless connection request to the electric tool based on the WiFi information of the electric tool, and the first connection request includes the second wireless connection request.
步骤1604,电动工具响应于第二无线连接请求,与外部设备建立连接。Step 1604, the electric tool establishes a connection with the external device in response to the second wireless connection request.
在示意性实施例中,外部设备靠近第一电子标签,在外部设备内未安装有第一应用程序的情况下,获取第一应用程序的下载链接;基于第一应用程序的下载链接,下载第一应用程序。In an exemplary embodiment, the external device is close to the first electronic tag, and if the first application program is not installed in the external device, the download link of the first application program is obtained; based on the download link of the first application program, the second application program is downloaded. an application.
在示意性实施例中,外部设备靠近第一电子标签,在外部设备内安装有第一应用程序的情况下,显示第一应用程序的用户界面。In an exemplary embodiment, the external device approaches the first electronic tag, and if the first application program is installed in the external device, the user interface of the first application program is displayed.
在示意性实施例中,外部设备响应于针对第一应用程序的用户界面触发的第一连接指令,基于电动工具的连接信息,向电动工具发送第一连接请求,第一连接指令是指用于将电动工具与外部设备建立连接的指令。In an exemplary embodiment, the external device sends a first connection request to the electric tool based on the connection information of the electric tool in response to the first connection instruction triggered by the user interface of the first application program, the first connection instruction refers to Instructions for establishing a connection between a power tool and an external device.
在示意性实施例中,第一电子标签内还存储有电动工具的设备信息,电动工具的设备信息包括以下至少一项:电动工具的序列号、电动工具的型号信息、电动工具的出厂日期。In an exemplary embodiment, the equipment information of the electric tool is also stored in the first electronic tag, and the equipment information of the electric tool includes at least one of the following: the serial number of the electric tool, the model information of the electric tool, and the date of manufacture of the electric tool.
在示意性实施例中,第一电子标签包括NFC标签,且NFC标签与电动工具不存在通信接口。In an exemplary embodiment, the first electronic tag includes an NFC tag, and there is no communication interface between the NFC tag and the electric tool.
需要说明的是,上述实施例是以电动工具和外部设备为主体进行介绍说明的,有关电动工具执行的步骤可以单独实现成为电动工具侧的电动工具的通信方法,有关外部设备执行的步骤可以单独实现成为外部设备侧的外部设备的通信方法。It should be noted that, the above-mentioned embodiments are described with the electric tool and the external equipment as the main body. The steps performed by the electric tool can be independently realized as the communication method of the electric tool on the electric tool side, and the steps performed by the external equipment can be independently implemented. Realize the communication method of the external device on the external device side.
请参考图18,其示出了本申请一个实施例提供的电动工具的充电器的通信方法的流程图,该电动工具的充电器上设置有第二电子标签,该第二电子标签存储有电动工具的充电器的连接信息,上述方法可以包括如下几个步骤:Please refer to FIG. 18 , which shows a flow chart of a communication method for a charger of an electric tool provided by an embodiment of the present application. The charger of the electric tool is provided with a second electronic tag, and the second electronic tag stores electric The connection information of the charger of the tool, the above method may include the following steps:
步骤1701,外部设备靠近电动工具的充电器上设置的第二电子标签,获取充电器的连接信息。Step 1701, the external device approaches the second electronic label set on the charger of the electric tool, and obtains the connection information of the charger.
步骤1702,外部设备基于充电器的连接信息,向充电器发送第二连接请求。Step 1702, the external device sends a second connection request to the charger based on the connection information of the charger.
相应地,充电器接收外部设备基于充电器的连接信息发送的第二连接请求。Correspondingly, the charger receives the second connection request sent by the external device based on the connection information of the charger.
步骤1703,充电器响应于第二连接请求,与外部设备建立连接。Step 1703, the charger establishes a connection with the external device in response to the second connection request.
综上所述,本申请实施例提供的技术方案中,通过将外部设备靠近电子标签,外部设备即可获取到充电器的连接信息,然后外部设备可以基于该充电器的连接信息与充电器建立连接,本申请只需要将外部设备与电子标签靠近即可实现充电器与外部设备的一键智联,操作简单,连接速度快。To sum up, in the technical solution provided by the embodiment of this application, by bringing the external device close to the electronic tag, the external device can obtain the connection information of the charger, and then the external device can establish a connection with the charger based on the connection information of the charger. Connection, this application only needs to bring the external device and the electronic tag close to realize the one-key intelligent connection between the charger and the external device, the operation is simple, and the connection speed is fast.
需要说明的是,上述实施例是以电动工具的充电器和外部设备为主体进行介绍说明的,有关电动工具的充电器执行的步骤可以单独实现成为电动工具的充电器侧的电动工具的充电器的通信方法,有关外部设备执行的步骤可以单独实现成为外部设备侧的外部设备的通信方法。It should be noted that, the above-mentioned embodiments are described with the charger of the electric tool and the external equipment as the main body, and the steps performed by the charger of the electric tool can be independently implemented as the charger of the electric tool on the charger side of the electric tool In the communication method of the external device, the steps performed by the external device can be independently implemented as the communication method of the external device on the external device side.
请参考图19,其示出了本申请另一个实施例提供的电动工具的通信方法的流程图,该电动工具上设置有第三电子标签,该第三电子标签存储有电动工具的连接信息,上述方法可以包括如下几个步骤:Please refer to FIG. 19 , which shows a flow chart of a communication method for an electric tool provided by another embodiment of the present application. The electric tool is provided with a third electronic tag, and the third electronic tag stores connection information of the electric tool. The above method may include the following steps:
步骤1801,网关设备靠近电动工具上设置的第三电子标签,获取电动工具的连接信息。Step 1801, the gateway device gets close to the third electronic tag set on the electric tool, and obtains the connection information of the electric tool.
步骤1802,网关设备基于电动工具的连接信息,向电动工具发送第三连接请求。Step 1802, the gateway device sends a third connection request to the electric tool based on the connection information of the electric tool.
相应地,电动工具接收网关设备基于电动工具的连接信息发送的第三连接 请求。Correspondingly, the electric tool receives the third connection request sent by the gateway device based on the connection information of the electric tool.
步骤1803,电动工具响应于第三连接请求,与网关设备建立连接。Step 1803, the electric tool establishes a connection with the gateway device in response to the third connection request.
相应地,网关设备与电动工具建立连接。Correspondingly, the gateway device establishes a connection with the electric tool.
综上所述,本申请实施例提供的技术方案中,通过将网关设备靠近电子标签,网关设备即可获取到电动工具的连接信息,然后网关设备可以基于该电动工具的连接信息与电动工具建立连接,本申请只需要将网关设备与电子标签靠近即可实现电动工具与网关设备的一键智联,操作简单,连接速度快。To sum up, in the technical solution provided by the embodiment of the present application, by bringing the gateway device close to the electronic tag, the gateway device can obtain the connection information of the electric tool, and then the gateway device can establish a connection with the electric tool based on the connection information of the electric tool. Connection, this application only needs to bring the gateway device and the electronic tag close to realize the one-key intelligent connection between the electric tool and the gateway device, the operation is simple and the connection speed is fast.
需要说明的是,上述实施例是以电动工具和网关设备为主体进行介绍说明的,有关电动工具执行的步骤可以单独实现成为电动工具侧的电动工具的通信方法,有关网关设备执行的步骤可以单独实现成为网关设备侧的网关设备的通信方法。It should be noted that, the above-mentioned embodiments are described with the electric tool and the gateway device as the main body. The steps performed by the relevant electric tool can be independently implemented as a communication method for the electric tool on the electric tool side, and the steps performed by the relevant gateway device can be independently implemented. Realize the communication method of the gateway device that becomes the gateway device side.
需要说明的是,上述实施例提供的方法与系统实施例属于同一构思,其实现过程详见系统实施例,这里不再赘述。It should be noted that the method provided by the above embodiment and the system embodiment belong to the same idea, and the implementation process thereof is detailed in the system embodiment, and will not be repeated here.
下述为本申请装置实施例,可以用于执行本申请方法实施例。对于本申请装置实施例中未披露的细节,请参照本申请系统实施例。The following are device embodiments of the present application, which can be used to implement the method embodiments of the present application. For the details not disclosed in the device embodiment of the present application, please refer to the system embodiment of the present application.
请参考图20,其示出了本申请一个实施例提供的电动工具的通信装置的框图。电动工具上设置有第一电子标签,该第一电子标签存储有电动工具的连接信息。该装置具有实现上述方法示例的功能,所述功能可以由硬件实现,也可以由硬件执行相应的软件实现。该装置1900可以包括:Please refer to FIG. 20 , which shows a block diagram of a communication device of an electric tool provided by an embodiment of the present application. The electric tool is provided with a first electronic tag, and the first electronic tag stores connection information of the electric tool. The device has the function of realizing the above-mentioned method example, and the function may be realized by hardware, or may be realized by executing corresponding software by the hardware. The device 1900 may include:
请求接收单元1910,设置为接收外部设备基于所述电动工具的连接信息发送的第一连接请求;The request receiving unit 1910 is configured to receive a first connection request sent by an external device based on the connection information of the electric tool;
连接建立单元1920,设置为响应于所述第一连接请求,与所述外部设备建立连接。The connection establishing unit 1920 is configured to establish a connection with the external device in response to the first connection request.
综上所述,本申请实施例提供的技术方案中,通过将外部设备靠近电子标 签,外部设备即可获取到电动工具的连接信息,然后外部设备可以基于该电动工具的连接信息与电动工具建立连接,本申请只需要将外部设备与电子标签靠近即可实现电动工具与外部设备的一键智联,操作简单,连接速度快。To sum up, in the technical solution provided by the embodiment of the present application, by bringing the external device close to the electronic tag, the external device can obtain the connection information of the electric tool, and then the external device can establish a connection with the electric tool based on the connection information of the electric tool. Connection, this application only needs to bring the external device and the electronic tag close to realize the one-key intelligent connection between the electric tool and the external device, the operation is simple and the connection speed is fast.
需要说明的是,上述实施例提供的装置,在实现其功能时,仅以上述各功能模块的划分进行举例说明,实际应用中,可以根据需要而将上述功能分配由不同的功能模块完成,即将电动工具的内容结构划分成不同的功能模块,以完成以上描述的全部或者部分功能。另外,上述实施例提供的装置与系统实施例属于同一构思,其实现过程详见系统实施例,这里不再赘述。It should be noted that, when realizing the functions of the device provided by the above-mentioned embodiments, the division of the above-mentioned functional modules is used as an example for illustration. In practical applications, the above-mentioned function allocation can be completed by different functional modules according to the needs. The content structure of the electric tool is divided into different functional modules to complete all or part of the functions described above. In addition, the device provided by the above embodiment and the system embodiment belong to the same idea, and the implementation process thereof is detailed in the system embodiment, and will not be repeated here.
请参考图21,其示出了本申请一个实施例提供的外部设备的通信装置的框图。该装置具有实现上述方法示例的功能,所述功能可以由硬件实现,也可以由硬件执行相应的软件实现。该装置2000可以包括:Please refer to FIG. 21 , which shows a block diagram of a communication device for an external device provided by an embodiment of the present application. The device has the function of realizing the above-mentioned method example, and the function may be realized by hardware, or may be realized by executing corresponding software by the hardware. The device 2000 may include:
信息获取单元2010,设置为靠近电动工具上设置的第一电子标签,获取所述电动工具的连接信息;The information acquiring unit 2010 is configured to be close to the first electronic tag set on the electric tool, and acquire the connection information of the electric tool;
请求发送单元2020,设置为基于所述电动工具的连接信息,向所述电动工具发送第一连接请求;The request sending unit 2020 is configured to send a first connection request to the electric tool based on the connection information of the electric tool;
连接建立单元2030,设置为与所述电动工具建立连接。The connection establishment unit 2030 is configured to establish a connection with the electric tool.
综上所述,本申请实施例提供的技术方案中,通过将外部设备靠近电子标签,外部设备即可获取到电动工具的连接信息,然后外部设备可以基于该电动工具的连接信息与电动工具建立连接,本申请只需要将外部设备与电子标签靠近即可实现电动工具与外部设备的一键智联,操作简单,连接速度快。To sum up, in the technical solution provided by the embodiment of the present application, by bringing the external device close to the electronic tag, the external device can obtain the connection information of the electric tool, and then the external device can establish a connection with the electric tool based on the connection information of the electric tool. Connection, this application only needs to bring the external device and the electronic tag close to realize the one-key intelligent connection between the electric tool and the external device, the operation is simple and the connection speed is fast.
需要说明的是,上述实施例提供的装置,在实现其功能时,仅以上述各功能模块的划分进行举例说明,实际应用中,可以根据需要而将上述功能分配由不同的功能模块完成,即将外部设备的内容结构划分成不同的功能模块,以完成以上描述的全部或者部分功能。另外,上述实施例提供的装置与系统实施例 属于同一构思,其实现过程详见系统实施例,这里不再赘述。It should be noted that, when realizing the functions of the device provided by the above-mentioned embodiments, the division of the above-mentioned functional modules is used as an example for illustration. In practical applications, the above-mentioned function allocation can be completed by different functional modules according to the needs. The content structure of the external device is divided into different functional modules to complete all or part of the functions described above. In addition, the device provided by the above embodiment and the system embodiment belong to the same idea, and its implementation process is detailed in the system embodiment, and will not be repeated here.
请参考图22,其示出了本申请一个实施例提供的电动工具的充电器的通信装置的框图。电动工具的充电器上设置有第二电子标签,该第二电子标签存储有电动工具的充电器的连接信息。该装置具有实现上述方法示例的功能,所述功能可以由硬件实现,也可以由硬件执行相应的软件实现。该装置2100可以包括:Please refer to FIG. 22 , which shows a block diagram of a communication device for a charger of an electric tool provided by an embodiment of the present application. The charger of the electric tool is provided with a second electronic label, and the second electronic label stores connection information of the charger of the electric tool. The device has the function of realizing the above-mentioned method example, and the function may be realized by hardware, or may be realized by executing corresponding software by the hardware. The device 2100 may include:
请求接收单元2110,设置为接收外部设备基于所述充电器的连接信息发送的第二连接请求;The request receiving unit 2110 is configured to receive a second connection request sent by an external device based on the connection information of the charger;
连接建立单元2120,设置为响应于所述第二连接请求,与所述外部设备建立连接。The connection establishing unit 2120 is configured to establish a connection with the external device in response to the second connection request.
综上所述,本申请实施例提供的技术方案中,通过将外部设备靠近电子标签,外部设备即可获取到充电器的连接信息,然后外部设备可以基于该充电器的连接信息与充电器建立连接,本申请只需要将外部设备与电子标签靠近即可实现充电器与外部设备的一键智联,操作简单,连接速度快。To sum up, in the technical solution provided by the embodiment of this application, by bringing the external device close to the electronic tag, the external device can obtain the connection information of the charger, and then the external device can establish a connection with the charger based on the connection information of the charger. Connection, this application only needs to bring the external device and the electronic tag close to realize the one-key intelligent connection between the charger and the external device, the operation is simple, and the connection speed is fast.
需要说明的是,上述实施例提供的装置,在实现其功能时,仅以上述各功能模块的划分进行举例说明,实际应用中,可以根据需要而将上述功能分配由不同的功能模块完成,即将电动工具的充电器的内容结构划分成不同的功能模块,以完成以上描述的全部或者部分功能。另外,上述实施例提供的装置与系统实施例属于同一构思,其实现过程详见系统实施例,这里不再赘述。It should be noted that, when realizing the functions of the device provided by the above-mentioned embodiments, the division of the above-mentioned functional modules is used as an example for illustration. In practical applications, the above-mentioned function allocation can be completed by different functional modules according to the needs. The content structure of the charger of the electric tool is divided into different functional modules to complete all or part of the functions described above. In addition, the device provided by the above embodiment and the system embodiment belong to the same idea, and the implementation process thereof is detailed in the system embodiment, and will not be repeated here.
请参考图23,其示出了本申请另一个实施例提供的外部设备的通信装置的框图。该装置具有实现上述方法示例的功能,所述功能可以由硬件实现,也可以由硬件执行相应的软件实现。该装置2200可以包括:Please refer to FIG. 23 , which shows a block diagram of a communication device for an external device provided in another embodiment of the present application. The device has the function of realizing the above-mentioned method example, and the function may be realized by hardware, or may be realized by executing corresponding software by the hardware. The device 2200 may include:
信息获取单元2210,设置为靠近电动工具的充电器上设置的第二电子标签,获取所述充电器的连接信息;The information obtaining unit 2210 is configured to be close to the second electronic label provided on the charger of the electric tool, and obtain the connection information of the charger;
请求发送单元2220,设置为基于所述充电器的连接信息,向所述充电器发送第二连接请求;The request sending unit 2220 is configured to send a second connection request to the charger based on the connection information of the charger;
连接建立单元2230,设置为与所述充电器建立连接。The connection establishment unit 2230 is configured to establish a connection with the charger.
综上所述,本申请实施例提供的技术方案中,通过将外部设备靠近电子标签,外部设备即可获取到充电器的连接信息,然后外部设备可以基于该充电器的连接信息与充电器建立连接,本申请只需要将外部设备与电子标签靠近即可实现充电器与外部设备的一键智联,操作简单,连接速度快。To sum up, in the technical solution provided by the embodiment of this application, by bringing the external device close to the electronic tag, the external device can obtain the connection information of the charger, and then the external device can establish a connection with the charger based on the connection information of the charger. Connection, this application only needs to bring the external device and the electronic tag close to realize the one-key intelligent connection between the charger and the external device, the operation is simple, and the connection speed is fast.
需要说明的是,上述实施例提供的装置,在实现其功能时,仅以上述各功能模块的划分进行举例说明,实际应用中,可以根据需要而将上述功能分配由不同的功能模块完成,即将外部设备的内容结构划分成不同的功能模块,以完成以上描述的全部或者部分功能。另外,上述实施例提供的装置与系统实施例属于同一构思,其实现过程详见系统实施例,这里不再赘述。It should be noted that, when realizing the functions of the device provided by the above-mentioned embodiments, the division of the above-mentioned functional modules is used as an example for illustration. In practical applications, the above-mentioned function allocation can be completed by different functional modules according to the needs. The content structure of the external device is divided into different functional modules to complete all or part of the functions described above. In addition, the device provided by the above embodiment and the system embodiment belong to the same idea, and the implementation process thereof is detailed in the system embodiment, and will not be repeated here.
请参考图24,其示出了本申请另一个实施例提供的电动工具的通信装置的框图。电动工具上设置有第三电子标签,该第三电子标签存储有电动工具的连接信息。该装置具有实现上述方法示例的功能,所述功能可以由硬件实现,也可以由硬件执行相应的软件实现。该装置2300可以包括:Please refer to FIG. 24 , which shows a block diagram of a communication device of an electric tool provided by another embodiment of the present application. The electric tool is provided with a third electronic tag, and the third electronic tag stores connection information of the electric tool. The device has the function of realizing the above-mentioned method example, and the function may be realized by hardware, or may be realized by executing corresponding software by the hardware. The device 2300 may include:
请求接收单元2310,设置为接收网关设备基于所述电动工具的连接信息发送的第三连接请求;The request receiving unit 2310 is configured to receive a third connection request sent by the gateway device based on the connection information of the electric tool;
连接建立单元2320,设置为响应于所述第三连接请求,与所述网关设备建立连接。The connection establishing unit 2320 is configured to establish a connection with the gateway device in response to the third connection request.
综上所述,本申请实施例提供的技术方案中,通过将网关设备靠近电子标签,网关设备即可获取到电动工具的连接信息,然后网关设备可以基于该电动工具的连接信息与电动工具建立连接,本申请只需要将网关设备与电子标签靠近即可实现电动工具与网关设备的一键智联,操作简单,连接速度快。To sum up, in the technical solution provided by the embodiment of the present application, by bringing the gateway device close to the electronic tag, the gateway device can obtain the connection information of the electric tool, and then the gateway device can establish a connection with the electric tool based on the connection information of the electric tool. Connection, this application only needs to bring the gateway device and the electronic tag close to realize the one-key intelligent connection between the electric tool and the gateway device, the operation is simple and the connection speed is fast.
需要说明的是,上述实施例提供的装置,在实现其功能时,仅以上述各功能模块的划分进行举例说明,实际应用中,可以根据需要而将上述功能分配由不同的功能模块完成,即将电动工具的内容结构划分成不同的功能模块,以完成以上描述的全部或者部分功能。另外,上述实施例提供的装置与系统实施例属于同一构思,其实现过程详见系统实施例,这里不再赘述。It should be noted that, when realizing the functions of the device provided by the above-mentioned embodiments, the division of the above-mentioned functional modules is used as an example for illustration. In practical applications, the above-mentioned function allocation can be completed by different functional modules according to the needs. The content structure of the electric tool is divided into different functional modules to complete all or part of the functions described above. In addition, the device provided by the above embodiment and the system embodiment belong to the same idea, and the implementation process thereof is detailed in the system embodiment, and will not be repeated here.
请参考图25,其示出了本申请一个实施例提供的网关设备的通信装置的框图。该装置具有实现上述方法示例的功能,所述功能可以由硬件实现,也可以由硬件执行相应的软件实现。该装置2400可以包括:Please refer to FIG. 25 , which shows a block diagram of a communication device of a gateway device provided by an embodiment of the present application. The device has the function of realizing the above-mentioned method example, and the function may be realized by hardware, or may be realized by executing corresponding software by the hardware. The device 2400 may include:
信息获取单元2410,设置为靠近电动工具上设置的第三电子标签,获取所述电动工具的连接信息;The information obtaining unit 2410 is configured to be close to the third electronic tag provided on the electric tool, and obtain the connection information of the electric tool;
请求发送单元2420,设置为基于所述电动工具的连接信息,向所述电动工具发送第三连接请求;The request sending unit 2420 is configured to send a third connection request to the electric tool based on the connection information of the electric tool;
连接建立单元2430,设置为与所述电动工具建立连接。The connection establishment unit 2430 is configured to establish a connection with the electric tool.
综上所述,本申请实施例提供的技术方案中,通过将网关设备靠近电子标签,网关设备即可获取到电动工具的连接信息,然后网关设备可以基于该电动工具的连接信息与电动工具建立连接,本申请只需要将网关设备与电子标签靠近即可实现电动工具与网关设备的一键智联,操作简单,连接速度快。To sum up, in the technical solution provided by the embodiment of the present application, by bringing the gateway device close to the electronic tag, the gateway device can obtain the connection information of the electric tool, and then the gateway device can establish a connection with the electric tool based on the connection information of the electric tool. Connection, this application only needs to bring the gateway device and the electronic tag close to realize the one-key intelligent connection between the electric tool and the gateway device, the operation is simple and the connection speed is fast.
需要说明的是,上述实施例提供的装置,在实现其功能时,仅以上述各功能模块的划分进行举例说明,实际应用中,可以根据需要而将上述功能分配由不同的功能模块完成,即将网关设备的内容结构划分成不同的功能模块,以完成以上描述的全部或者部分功能。另外,上述实施例提供的装置与系统实施例属于同一构思,其实现过程详见系统实施例,这里不再赘述。It should be noted that, when realizing the functions of the device provided by the above-mentioned embodiments, the division of the above-mentioned functional modules is used as an example for illustration. In practical applications, the above-mentioned function allocation can be completed by different functional modules according to the needs. The content structure of the gateway device is divided into different functional modules to complete all or part of the functions described above. In addition, the device provided by the above embodiment and the system embodiment belong to the same idea, and the implementation process thereof is detailed in the system embodiment, and will not be repeated here.
在示意性实施例中,还提供了一种电动工具,所述电动工具包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器中存储有至少一条指令、至少一段程序、代码集或指令集。 所述至少一条指令、至少一段程序、代码集或指令集经配置以由至少一个处理器执行,以实现上述电动工具的通信方法。In an exemplary embodiment, an electric tool is also provided, and the electric tool includes a processor and a memory, and the memory stores at least one instruction, at least one program, a code set or an instruction set. The at least one instruction, at least one program, code set or instruction set is configured to be executed by at least one processor, so as to realize the communication method of the electric tool mentioned above.
在示意性实施例中,还提供了一种外部设备,所述外部设备包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器中存储有至少一条指令、至少一段程序、代码集或指令集。所述至少一条指令、至少一段程序、代码集或指令集经配置以由至少一个处理器执行,以实现上述外部设备的通信方法。In an exemplary embodiment, there is also provided an external device, the external device includes a processor and a memory, and the memory stores at least one instruction, at least one program, a code set or an instruction set. The at least one instruction, at least one section of program, code set or instruction set is configured to be executed by at least one processor, so as to realize the communication method of the above-mentioned external device.
在示意性实施例中,还提供了一种电动工具的充电器,所述充电器包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器中存储有至少一条指令、至少一段程序、代码集或指令集。所述至少一条指令、至少一段程序、代码集或指令集经配置以由至少一个处理器执行,以实现上述电动工具的充电器的通信方法。In an exemplary embodiment, a charger for an electric tool is also provided, and the charger includes a processor and a memory, and the memory stores at least one instruction, at least one program, a code set or an instruction set. The at least one instruction, at least one section of program, code set or instruction set is configured to be executed by at least one processor, so as to realize the above-mentioned communication method of the charger of the electric tool.
在示意性实施例中,还提供了一种外部设备,所述外部设备包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器中存储有至少一条指令、至少一段程序、代码集或指令集。所述至少一条指令、至少一段程序、代码集或指令集经配置以由至少一个处理器执行,以实现上述外部设备的通信方法。In an exemplary embodiment, there is also provided an external device, the external device includes a processor and a memory, and the memory stores at least one instruction, at least one program, a code set or an instruction set. The at least one instruction, at least one section of program, code set or instruction set is configured to be executed by at least one processor, so as to realize the communication method of the above-mentioned external device.
在示意性实施例中,还提供了一种电动工具,所述电动工具包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器中存储有至少一条指令、至少一段程序、代码集或指令集。所述至少一条指令、至少一段程序、代码集或指令集经配置以由至少一个处理器执行,以实现上述电动工具的通信方法。In an exemplary embodiment, an electric tool is also provided, and the electric tool includes a processor and a memory, and the memory stores at least one instruction, at least one program, a code set or an instruction set. The at least one instruction, at least one program, code set or instruction set is configured to be executed by at least one processor, so as to realize the communication method of the electric tool mentioned above.
在示意性实施例中,还提供了一种网关设备,所述网关设备包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器中存储有至少一条指令、至少一段程序、代码集或指令集。所述至少一条指令、至少一段程序、代码集或指令集经配置以由至少一个处理器执行,以实现上述网关设备的通信方法。In an exemplary embodiment, a gateway device is also provided, and the gateway device includes a processor and a memory, and the memory stores at least one instruction, at least one program, a code set or an instruction set. The at least one instruction, at least one section of program, code set or instruction set is configured to be executed by at least one processor, so as to realize the above-mentioned communication method of the gateway device.
应当理解的是,在本文中提及的“多个”是指至少两个。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。字符“/”一般表示前后关联 对象是一种“或”的关系。另外,本文中描述的步骤编号,仅示例性示出了步骤间的一种可能的执行先后顺序,在一些其它实施例中,上述步骤也可以不按照编号顺序来执行,如两个不同编号的步骤同时执行,或者两个不同编号的步骤按照与图示相反的顺序执行,本申请实施例对此不作限定。It should be understood that the "plurality" mentioned herein means at least two. "And/or" describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that there may be three types of relationships, for example, A and/or B may indicate: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists independently. The character "/" generally indicates that the contextual objects are an "or" relationship. In addition, the numbering of the steps described herein only exemplarily shows a possible sequence of execution among the steps. In some other embodiments, the above-mentioned steps may not be executed according to the order of the numbers, such as two different numbers The steps are executed at the same time, or two steps with different numbers are executed in the reverse order as shown in the illustration, which is not limited in this embodiment of the present application.
本领域普通技术人员可以理解实现上述实施例的全部或部分步骤可以通过硬件来完成,也可以通过程序来指令相关的硬件完成,所述的程序可以存储于一种计算机可读存储介质中,上述提到的存储介质可以是只读存储器,磁盘或光盘等。Those of ordinary skill in the art can understand that all or part of the steps for implementing the above embodiments can be completed by hardware, and can also be completed by instructing related hardware through a program. The program can be stored in a computer-readable storage medium. The above-mentioned The storage medium mentioned may be a read-only memory, a magnetic disk or an optical disk, and the like.

Claims (44)

  1. 一种应用于电动工具的通信系统,包括:外部设备、电动工具,所述电动工具上设置有第一电子标签;A communication system applied to an electric tool, comprising: an external device, an electric tool, the electric tool is provided with a first electronic tag;
    所述第一电子标签,设置为响应于所述外部设备靠近所述第一电子标签,将所述电动工具的连接信息发送给所述外部设备;The first electronic tag is configured to send connection information of the electric tool to the external device in response to the external device approaching the first electronic tag;
    所述外部设备,设置为基于所述电动工具的连接信息,向所述电动工具发送第一连接请求;The external device is configured to send a first connection request to the electric tool based on the connection information of the electric tool;
    所述电动工具,设置为响应于所述第一连接请求,与所述外部设备建立连接。The electric tool is configured to establish a connection with the external device in response to the first connection request.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的系统,其中,所述电动工具包括第一无线通信模块,所述外部设备包括第二无线通信模块;The system according to claim 1, wherein the electric tool includes a first wireless communication module, and the external device includes a second wireless communication module;
    所述外部设备,设置为基于所述电动工具的连接信息,通过所述第二无线通信模块向所述第一无线通信模块发送第一连接请求;The external device is configured to send a first connection request to the first wireless communication module through the second wireless communication module based on the connection information of the electric tool;
    所述电动工具,设置为响应于所述第一连接请求,通过所述第一无线通信模块与所述第二无线通信模块建立无线连接。The electric tool is configured to establish a wireless connection with the second wireless communication module through the first wireless communication module in response to the first connection request.
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的系统,其中,所述电动工具的连接信息包括所述电动工具的蓝牙地址,所述第一无线通信模块包括第一蓝牙模块,所述第二无线通信模块包括第二蓝牙模块;The system according to claim 2, wherein the connection information of the electric tool includes a Bluetooth address of the electric tool, the first wireless communication module includes a first Bluetooth module, and the second wireless communication module includes a second Bluetooth module;
    所述外部设备,设置为基于所述电动工具的蓝牙地址,通过所述第二蓝牙模块向所述第一蓝牙模块发送第一蓝牙连接请求,所述第一连接请求包括所述第一蓝牙连接请求;The external device is configured to send a first Bluetooth connection request to the first Bluetooth module through the second Bluetooth module based on the Bluetooth address of the electric tool, and the first connection request includes the first Bluetooth connection ask;
    所述电动工具,设置为响应于所述第一蓝牙连接请求,通过所述第一蓝牙模块与所述第二蓝牙模块建立连接。The electric tool is configured to establish a connection with the second Bluetooth module through the first Bluetooth module in response to the first Bluetooth connection request.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述的系统,其中,The system of claim 3, wherein,
    所述外部设备,还设置为通过所述第二蓝牙模块将联网信息发送给所述第一蓝牙模块,所述联网信息用于指示路由器的配置参数;The external device is also configured to send networking information to the first Bluetooth module through the second Bluetooth module, and the networking information is used to indicate configuration parameters of the router;
    所述电动工具,还设置为基于所述联网信息,与所述路由器建立连接。The electric tool is further configured to establish a connection with the router based on the networking information.
  5. 根据权利要求2所述的系统,其中,所述电动工具的连接信息包括所述电动工具的无线保真WiFi信息,所述第一无线通信模块包括第一WiFi模块,所述第二无线通信模块包括第二WiFi模块;The system according to claim 2, wherein the connection information of the electric tool includes Wi-Fi information of the electric tool, the first wireless communication module includes a first WiFi module, and the second wireless communication module including a second WiFi module;
    所述外部设备,设置为基于所述电动工具的WiFi信息,通过所述第二WiFi模块向所述第一WiFi模块发送第一无线连接请求,所述第一连接请求包括所述第一无线连接请求;The external device is configured to send a first wireless connection request to the first WiFi module through the second WiFi module based on the WiFi information of the electric tool, the first connection request includes the first wireless connection ask;
    所述电动工具,设置为响应于所述第一无线连接请求,通过所述第一WiFi模块与所述第二WiFi模块建立连接。The electric tool is configured to establish a connection with the second WiFi module through the first WiFi module in response to the first wireless connection request.
  6. 根据权利要求5所述的系统,其中,The system according to claim 5, wherein,
    所述外部设备,还设置为通过所述第二WiFi模块将联网信息发送给所述第一WiFi模块,所述联网信息用于指示路由器的配置参数;The external device is further configured to send networking information to the first WiFi module through the second WiFi module, and the networking information is used to indicate configuration parameters of the router;
    所述电动工具,还设置为基于所述联网信息,与所述路由器建立连接。The electric tool is further configured to establish a connection with the router based on the networking information.
  7. 根据权利要求5所述的系统,其中,所述电动工具的WiFi信息为所述第一WiFi模块创建的隐藏WiFi网络的信息。The system according to claim 5, wherein the WiFi information of the electric tool is information of a hidden WiFi network created by the first WiFi module.
  8. 根据权利要求1所述的系统,其中,所述电动工具的连接信息包括所述电动工具的标识信息,所述电动工具的标识信息用于唯一标识所述电动工具;The system according to claim 1, wherein the connection information of the electric tool includes identification information of the electric tool, and the identification information of the electric tool is used to uniquely identify the electric tool;
    所述应用于电动工具的通信系统至少满足以下至少之一:The communication system applied to the electric tool at least satisfies at least one of the following:
    所述外部设备,还设置为基于所述电动工具的标识信息和第一对应关系,获取所述电动工具的蓝牙地址,所述第一对应关系包括至少一个电动工具的标识信息和电动工具的蓝牙地址的对应关系;所述外部设备,还设置为基于所述电动工具的蓝牙地址,向所述电动工具发送第二蓝牙连接请求,所述第一连接请求包括所述第二蓝牙连接请求;所述电动工具,还设置为响应于所述第二蓝牙连接请求,与所述外部设备建立连接;The external device is further configured to acquire the Bluetooth address of the electric tool based on the identification information of the electric tool and a first correspondence, and the first correspondence includes at least one identification information of the electric tool and the Bluetooth address of the electric tool. Address correspondence; the external device is further configured to send a second Bluetooth connection request to the electric tool based on the Bluetooth address of the electric tool, and the first connection request includes the second Bluetooth connection request; The electric tool is further configured to establish a connection with the external device in response to the second Bluetooth connection request;
    所述外部设备,还设置为基于所述电动工具的标识信息和第二对应关系,获取所述电动工具的WiFi信息,所述第二对应关系包括至少一个电动工具的标 识信息和电动工具的WiFi信息的对应关系;所述外部设备,还设置为基于所述电动工具的WiFi信息,向所述电动工具发送第二无线连接请求,所述第一连接请求包括所述第二无线连接请求;所述电动工具,还设置为响应于所述第二无线连接请求,与所述外部设备建立连接。The external device is further configured to acquire WiFi information of the electric tool based on the identification information of the electric tool and a second correspondence, and the second correspondence includes at least one identification information of the electric tool and the WiFi of the electric tool information correspondence; the external device is further configured to send a second wireless connection request to the electric tool based on the WiFi information of the electric tool, and the first connection request includes the second wireless connection request; The electric tool described above is further configured to establish a connection with the external device in response to the second wireless connection request.
  9. 根据权利要求1所述的系统,其中,The system of claim 1, wherein,
    所述外部设备,还设置为靠近所述第一电子标签,在所述外部设备内未安装有第一应用程序的情况下,获取所述第一应用程序的下载链接;基于所述第一应用程序的下载链接,下载所述第一应用程序。The external device is also set to be close to the first electronic label, and if the first application program is not installed in the external device, obtain the download link of the first application program; based on the first application program program download link, download the first application.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的系统,其中,The system of claim 9, wherein,
    所述外部设备,还设置为靠近所述第一电子标签,在所述外部设备内安装有所述第一应用程序的情况下,显示所述第一应用程序的用户界面。The external device is further configured to be close to the first electronic label, and when the first application program is installed in the external device, display the user interface of the first application program.
  11. 根据权利要求10所述的系统,其中,The system of claim 10, wherein,
    所述外部设备,还设置为响应于针对所述第一应用程序的用户界面触发的第一连接指令,基于所述电动工具的连接信息,向所述电动工具发送第一连接请求,所述第一连接指令是指用于将所述电动工具与所述外部设备建立连接的指令。The external device is further configured to send a first connection request to the electric tool based on the connection information of the electric tool in response to the first connection instruction triggered by the user interface of the first application program, and the first A connection instruction refers to an instruction for establishing a connection between the electric tool and the external device.
  12. 根据权利要求1所述的系统,其中,所述第一电子标签内还存储有所述电动工具的设备信息,所述电动工具的设备信息包括以下至少一项:所述电动工具的序列号、所述电动工具的型号信息、所述电动工具的出厂日期。The system according to claim 1, wherein the device information of the electric tool is also stored in the first electronic tag, and the device information of the electric tool includes at least one of the following: the serial number of the electric tool, The model information of the electric tool, and the date of manufacture of the electric tool.
  13. 根据权利要求1至12任一项所述的系统,其中,所述第一电子标签包括近场通信NFC标签,且所述NFC标签与所述电动工具不存在通信接口。The system according to any one of claims 1 to 12, wherein the first electronic tag comprises a near field communication (NFC) tag, and there is no communication interface between the NFC tag and the electric tool.
  14. 一种应用于电动工具的充电器的通信系统,包括:外部设备、电动工具的充电器,所述电动工具的充电器上设置有第二电子标签;A communication system applied to a charger of an electric tool, comprising: an external device, a charger of the electric tool, and a second electronic label is arranged on the charger of the electric tool;
    所述第二电子标签,设置为响应于所述外部设备靠近所述第二电子标签,将所述充电器的连接信息发送给所述外部设备;The second electronic tag is configured to send connection information of the charger to the external device in response to the external device approaching the second electronic tag;
    所述外部设备,设置为基于所述充电器的连接信息,向所述充电器发送第 二连接请求;The external device is configured to send a second connection request to the charger based on the connection information of the charger;
    所述充电器,设置为响应于所述第二连接请求,与所述外部设备建立连接。The charger is configured to establish a connection with the external device in response to the second connection request.
  15. 根据权利要求14所述的系统,其中,所述充电器包括第三无线通信模块,所述外部设备包括第四无线通信模块;The system according to claim 14, wherein the charger includes a third wireless communication module, and the external device includes a fourth wireless communication module;
    所述外部设备,设置为基于所述充电器的连接信息,通过所述第四无线通信模块向所述第三无线通信模块发送第二连接请求;The external device is configured to send a second connection request to the third wireless communication module through the fourth wireless communication module based on the connection information of the charger;
    所述充电器,设置为响应于所述第二连接请求,通过所述第三无线通信模块与所述第四无线通信模块建立无线连接。The charger is configured to establish a wireless connection with the fourth wireless communication module through the third wireless communication module in response to the second connection request.
  16. 根据权利要求15所述的系统,其中,所述充电器的连接信息包括所述充电器的蓝牙地址,所述第三无线通信模块包括第三蓝牙模块,所述第四无线通信模块包括第四蓝牙模块;The system according to claim 15, wherein the connection information of the charger includes the Bluetooth address of the charger, the third wireless communication module includes a third Bluetooth module, and the fourth wireless communication module includes a fourth Bluetooth module;
    所述外部设备,设置为基于所述充电器的蓝牙地址,通过所述第四蓝牙模块向所述第三蓝牙模块发送第三蓝牙连接请求,所述第二连接请求包括所述第三蓝牙连接请求;The external device is configured to send a third Bluetooth connection request to the third Bluetooth module through the fourth Bluetooth module based on the Bluetooth address of the charger, and the second connection request includes the third Bluetooth connection request. ask;
    所述充电器,设置为响应于所述第三蓝牙连接请求,通过所述第三蓝牙模块与所述第四蓝牙模块建立连接。The charger is configured to establish a connection with the fourth Bluetooth module through the third Bluetooth module in response to the third Bluetooth connection request.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的系统,其中,The system of claim 16, wherein,
    所述外部设备,还设置为通过所述第四蓝牙模块将联网信息发送给所述第三蓝牙模块,所述联网信息用于指示路由器的配置参数;The external device is also configured to send networking information to the third Bluetooth module through the fourth Bluetooth module, and the networking information is used to indicate configuration parameters of the router;
    所述充电器,还设置为基于所述联网信息,与所述路由器建立连接。The charger is further configured to establish a connection with the router based on the networking information.
  18. 根据权利要求15所述的系统,其中,所述充电器的连接信息包括所述充电器的无线保真WiFi信息,所述第三无线通信模块包括第三WiFi模块,所述第四无线通信模块包括第四WiFi模块;The system according to claim 15, wherein the connection information of the charger includes Wi-Fi information of the charger, the third wireless communication module includes a third WiFi module, and the fourth wireless communication module Including a fourth WiFi module;
    所述外部设备,设置为基于所述充电器的WiFi信息,通过所述第四WiFi模块向所述第三WiFi模块发送第三无线连接请求,所述第二连接请求包括所述第三无线连接请求;The external device is configured to send a third wireless connection request to the third WiFi module through the fourth WiFi module based on the WiFi information of the charger, and the second connection request includes the third wireless connection request. ask;
    所述充电器,设置为响应于所述第三无线连接请求,通过所述第三WiFi模块与所述第四WiFi模块建立连接。The charger is configured to establish a connection with the fourth WiFi module through the third WiFi module in response to the third wireless connection request.
  19. 根据权利要求18所述的系统,其中,The system of claim 18, wherein:
    所述外部设备,还设置为通过所述第四WiFi模块将联网信息发送给所述第三WiFi模块,所述联网信息用于指示路由器的配置参数;The external device is further configured to send networking information to the third WiFi module through the fourth WiFi module, and the networking information is used to indicate configuration parameters of the router;
    所述充电器,还设置为基于所述联网信息,与所述路由器建立连接。The charger is further configured to establish a connection with the router based on the networking information.
  20. 根据权利要求18所述的系统,其中,所述充电器的WiFi信息为所述第三WiFi模块创建的隐藏WiFi网络的信息。The system according to claim 18, wherein the WiFi information of the charger is information of a hidden WiFi network created by the third WiFi module.
  21. 根据权利要求14所述的系统,其中,所述充电器的连接信息包括所述充电器的标识信息,所述充电器的标识信息用于唯一标识所述充电器;The system according to claim 14, wherein the connection information of the charger includes identification information of the charger, and the identification information of the charger is used to uniquely identify the charger;
    所述应用于电动工具的充电器的通信系统满足以下至少之一:The communication system applied to the charger of the electric tool satisfies at least one of the following:
    所述外部设备,还设置为基于所述充电器的标识信息和第三对应关系,获取所述充电器的蓝牙地址,所述第三对应关系包括至少一个充电器的标识信息和充电器的蓝牙地址的对应关系;所述外部设备,还设置为基于所述充电器的蓝牙地址,向所述充电器发送第四蓝牙连接请求,所述第二连接请求包括所述第四蓝牙连接请求;所述充电器,还设置为响应于所述第四蓝牙连接请求,与所述外部设备建立连接;The external device is further configured to acquire the Bluetooth address of the charger based on the identification information of the charger and a third correspondence, and the third correspondence includes at least one identification information of the charger and the Bluetooth address of the charger. Address correspondence; the external device is further configured to send a fourth Bluetooth connection request to the charger based on the Bluetooth address of the charger, and the second connection request includes the fourth Bluetooth connection request; The charger is further configured to establish a connection with the external device in response to the fourth Bluetooth connection request;
    所述外部设备,还设置为基于所述充电器的标识信息和第四对应关系,获取所述充电器的WiFi信息,所述第四对应关系包括至少一个充电器的标识信息和充电器的WiFi信息的对应关系;所述外部设备,还设置为基于所述充电器的WiFi信息,向所述充电器发送第四无线连接请求,所述第二连接请求包括所述第四无线连接请求;所述充电器,还设置为响应于所述第四无线连接请求,与所述外部设备建立连接。The external device is further configured to acquire WiFi information of the charger based on the identification information of the charger and a fourth correspondence, the fourth correspondence includes at least one identification information of the charger and the WiFi of the charger information correspondence; the external device is further configured to send a fourth wireless connection request to the charger based on the WiFi information of the charger, and the second connection request includes the fourth wireless connection request; The charger is further configured to establish a connection with the external device in response to the fourth wireless connection request.
  22. 根据权利要求14所述的系统,其中,The system of claim 14, wherein,
    所述外部设备,还设置为靠近所述第二电子标签,在所述外部设备内未安装有第二应用程序的情况下,获取所述第二应用程序的下载链接;基于所述第 二应用程序的下载链接,下载所述第二应用程序。The external device is also set to be close to the second electronic label, and if the second application program is not installed in the external device, obtain the download link of the second application program; based on the second application program The download link of the program downloads the second application program.
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的系统,其中,The system of claim 22, wherein:
    所述外部设备,还设置为靠近所述第二电子标签,在所述外部设备内安装有所述第二应用程序的情况下,显示所述第二应用程序的用户界面。The external device is further configured to be close to the second electronic label, and when the second application program is installed in the external device, display the user interface of the second application program.
  24. 根据权利要求23所述的系统,其中,The system of claim 23, wherein:
    所述外部设备,还设置为响应于针对所述第二应用程序的用户界面触发的第二连接指令,基于所述充电器的连接信息,向所述充电器发送第二连接请求,所述第二连接指令是指用于将所述充电器与所述外部设备建立连接的指令。The external device is further configured to send a second connection request to the charger based on the connection information of the charger in response to the second connection instruction triggered by the user interface of the second application program, the first The second connection instruction refers to an instruction for establishing a connection between the charger and the external device.
  25. 根据权利要求14至24任一项所述的系统,其中,所述第二电子标签包括近场通信NFC标签,且所述NFC标签与所述充电器不存在通信接口。The system according to any one of claims 14 to 24, wherein the second electronic tag includes a near field communication (NFC) tag, and there is no communication interface between the NFC tag and the charger.
  26. 一种网关设备的通信系统,包括:网关设备、电动工具,所述电动工具上设置有第三电子标签;A communication system of a gateway device, comprising: a gateway device and an electric tool, the electric tool is provided with a third electronic tag;
    所述第三电子标签,设置为响应于所述网关设备靠近所述第三电子标签,将所述电动工具的连接信息发送给所述网关设备;The third electronic tag is configured to send connection information of the electric tool to the gateway device in response to the gateway device approaching the third electronic tag;
    所述网关设备,设置为基于所述电动工具的连接信息,向所述电动工具发送第三连接请求;The gateway device is configured to send a third connection request to the electric tool based on the connection information of the electric tool;
    所述电动工具,设置为响应于所述第三连接请求,与所述网关设备建立连接。The electric tool is configured to establish a connection with the gateway device in response to the third connection request.
  27. 一种电动工具的通信方法,所述电动工具上设置有第一电子标签,所述第一电子标签存储有所述电动工具的连接信息,所述方法包括:A communication method for an electric tool, wherein the electric tool is provided with a first electronic tag, and the first electronic tag stores connection information of the electric tool, the method comprising:
    接收外部设备基于所述电动工具的连接信息发送的第一连接请求;receiving a first connection request sent by an external device based on the connection information of the electric tool;
    响应于所述第一连接请求,与所述外部设备建立连接。In response to the first connection request, a connection is established with the external device.
  28. 一种外部设备的通信方法,包括:A communication method for an external device, comprising:
    靠近电动工具上设置的第一电子标签,获取所述电动工具的连接信息;Get close to the first electronic label set on the electric tool to obtain the connection information of the electric tool;
    基于所述电动工具的连接信息,向所述电动工具发送第一连接请求;sending a first connection request to the electric tool based on the connection information of the electric tool;
    与所述电动工具建立连接。Establish a connection with the power tool.
  29. 一种电动工具的充电器的通信方法,所述电动工具的充电器上设置有第二电子标签,所述第二电子标签存储有所述电动工具的充电器的连接信息,所述方法包括:A communication method for a charger of an electric tool, the charger of the electric tool is provided with a second electronic tag, and the second electronic tag stores connection information of the charger of the electric tool, the method comprising:
    接收外部设备基于所述充电器的连接信息发送的第二连接请求;receiving a second connection request sent by an external device based on the connection information of the charger;
    响应于所述第二连接请求,与所述外部设备建立连接。In response to the second connection request, a connection is established with the external device.
  30. 一种外部设备的通信方法,包括:A communication method for an external device, comprising:
    靠近电动工具的充电器上设置的第二电子标签,获取所述充电器的连接信息;Close to the second electronic label set on the charger of the electric tool to obtain the connection information of the charger;
    基于所述充电器的连接信息,向所述充电器发送第二连接请求;sending a second connection request to the charger based on the connection information of the charger;
    与所述充电器建立连接。Establish a connection with the charger.
  31. 一种电动工具的通信方法,所述电动工具上设置有第三电子标签,所述第三电子标签存储有所述电动工具的连接信息,所述方法包括:A communication method for an electric tool, the electric tool is provided with a third electronic tag, and the third electronic tag stores connection information of the electric tool, the method comprising:
    接收网关设备基于所述电动工具的连接信息发送的第三连接请求;receiving a third connection request sent by the gateway device based on the connection information of the electric tool;
    响应于所述第三连接请求,与所述网关设备建立连接。In response to the third connection request, establish a connection with the gateway device.
  32. 一种网关设备的通信方法,包括:A communication method for a gateway device, comprising:
    靠近电动工具上设置的第三电子标签,获取所述电动工具的连接信息;Get close to the third electronic label set on the electric tool to obtain the connection information of the electric tool;
    基于所述电动工具的连接信息,向所述电动工具发送第三连接请求;sending a third connection request to the electric tool based on the connection information of the electric tool;
    与所述电动工具建立连接。Establish a connection with the power tool.
  33. 一种电动工具的通信装置,所述电动工具上设置有第一电子标签,所述第一电子标签存储有所述电动工具的连接信息,所述装置包括:A communication device for an electric tool, the electric tool is provided with a first electronic tag, and the first electronic tag stores connection information of the electric tool, and the device includes:
    请求接收单元,设置为接收外部设备基于所述电动工具的连接信息发送的第一连接请求;a request receiving unit configured to receive a first connection request sent by an external device based on the connection information of the electric tool;
    连接建立单元,设置为响应于所述第一连接请求,与所述外部设备建立连接。A connection establishing unit configured to establish a connection with the external device in response to the first connection request.
  34. 一种外部设备的通信装置,包括:A communication device for an external device, comprising:
    信息获取单元,设置为靠近电动工具上设置的第一电子标签,获取所述电 动工具的连接信息;An information acquisition unit, configured to be close to the first electronic tag provided on the electric tool, to obtain the connection information of the electric tool;
    请求发送单元,设置为基于所述电动工具的连接信息,向所述电动工具发送第一连接请求;a request sending unit configured to send a first connection request to the electric tool based on the connection information of the electric tool;
    连接建立单元,设置为与所述电动工具建立连接。A connection establishment unit is configured to establish a connection with the electric tool.
  35. 一种电动工具的充电器的通信装置,所述电动工具的充电器上设置有第二电子标签,所述第二电子标签存储有所述电动工具的充电器的连接信息,所述装置包括:A communication device for a charger of an electric tool, the charger of the electric tool is provided with a second electronic tag, and the second electronic tag stores connection information of the charger of the electric tool, and the device includes:
    请求接收单元,设置为接收外部设备基于所述充电器的连接信息发送的第二连接请求;a request receiving unit configured to receive a second connection request sent by an external device based on the connection information of the charger;
    连接建立单元,设置为响应于所述第二连接请求,与所述外部设备建立连接。A connection establishing unit configured to establish a connection with the external device in response to the second connection request.
  36. 一种外部设备的通信装置,包括:A communication device for an external device, comprising:
    信息获取单元,设置为靠近电动工具的充电器上设置的第二电子标签,获取所述充电器的连接信息;The information acquisition unit is configured to be close to the second electronic label provided on the charger of the electric tool, and acquire the connection information of the charger;
    请求发送单元,设置为基于所述充电器的连接信息,向所述充电器发送第二连接请求;a request sending unit configured to send a second connection request to the charger based on the connection information of the charger;
    连接建立单元,设置为与所述充电器建立连接。A connection establishing unit, configured to establish a connection with the charger.
  37. 一种电动工具的通信装置,所述电动工具上设置有第三电子标签,所述第三电子标签存储有所述电动工具的连接信息,所述装置包括:A communication device for an electric tool, the electric tool is provided with a third electronic tag, and the third electronic tag stores connection information of the electric tool, and the device includes:
    请求接收单元,设置为接收网关设备基于所述电动工具的连接信息发送的第三连接请求;a request receiving unit configured to receive a third connection request sent by the gateway device based on the connection information of the electric tool;
    连接建立单元,设置为响应于所述第三连接请求,与所述网关设备建立连接。A connection establishing unit configured to establish a connection with the gateway device in response to the third connection request.
  38. 一种网关设备的通信装置,包括:A communication device for a gateway device, comprising:
    信息获取单元,设置为靠近电动工具上设置的第三电子标签,获取所述电动工具的连接信息;An information acquisition unit, configured to be close to the third electronic tag provided on the electric tool, to obtain the connection information of the electric tool;
    请求发送单元,设置为基于所述电动工具的连接信息,向所述电动工具发送第三连接请求;a request sending unit configured to send a third connection request to the electric tool based on the connection information of the electric tool;
    连接建立单元,设置为与所述电动工具建立连接。A connection establishment unit is configured to establish a connection with the electric tool.
  39. 一种电动工具,包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器中存储有至少一条指令、至少一段程序、代码集或指令集,所述至少一条指令、所述至少一段程序、所述代码集或指令集由所述处理器加载并执行以实现如权利要求27所述的方法。An electric tool, including a processor and a memory, at least one instruction, at least one program, code set or instruction set are stored in the memory, the at least one instruction, the at least one program, the code set or the instruction set Loaded and executed by the processor to implement the method as claimed in claim 27.
  40. 一种外部设备,包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器中存储有至少一条指令、至少一段程序、代码集或指令集,所述至少一条指令、所述至少一段程序、所述代码集或指令集由所述处理器加载并执行以实现如权利要求28所述的方法。An external device, including a processor and a memory, at least one instruction, at least one section of program, code set or instruction set are stored in the memory, the at least one instruction, the at least one section of program, the code set or instruction set Loaded and executed by the processor to implement the method as claimed in claim 28.
  41. 一种电动工具的充电器,包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器中存储有至少一条指令、至少一段程序、代码集或指令集,所述至少一条指令、所述至少一段程序、所述代码集或指令集由所述处理器加载并执行以实现如权利要求29所述的方法。A charger for an electric tool, including a processor and a memory, at least one instruction, at least one program, code set or instruction set are stored in the memory, the at least one instruction, the at least one program, the code set Or the instruction set is loaded and executed by the processor to implement the method as claimed in claim 29.
  42. 一种外部设备,包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器中存储有至少一条指令、至少一段程序、代码集或指令集,所述至少一条指令、所述至少一段程序、所述代码集或指令集由所述处理器加载并执行以实现如权利要求30所述的方法。An external device, including a processor and a memory, at least one instruction, at least one section of program, code set or instruction set are stored in the memory, the at least one instruction, the at least one section of program, the code set or instruction set Loaded and executed by the processor to implement the method as claimed in claim 30.
  43. 一种电动工具,包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器中存储有至少一条指令、至少一段程序、代码集或指令集,所述至少一条指令、所述至少一段程序、所述代码集或指令集由所述处理器加载并执行以实现如权利要求31所述的方法。An electric tool, including a processor and a memory, at least one instruction, at least one program, code set or instruction set are stored in the memory, the at least one instruction, the at least one program, the code set or the instruction set Loaded and executed by the processor to implement the method as claimed in claim 31.
  44. 一种网关设备,包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器中存储有至少一条指令、至少一段程序、代码集或指令集,所述至少一条指令、所述至少一段程序、所述代码集或指令集由所述处理器加载并执行以实现如权利要求32所述的 方法。A gateway device, including a processor and a memory, at least one instruction, at least one program, a code set or an instruction set are stored in the memory, and the at least one instruction, the at least one program, the code set or the instruction set Loaded and executed by the processor to implement the method as claimed in claim 32.
PCT/CN2022/108776 2021-08-27 2022-07-29 Communication system, method and apparatus applied to electric tool, and electric tool WO2023024823A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202280011100.7A CN117837180A (en) 2021-08-27 2022-07-29 Communication system, communication method and device applied to electric tool and electric tool

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202110993356 2021-08-27
CN202110993356.X 2021-08-27

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023024823A1 true WO2023024823A1 (en) 2023-03-02

Family

ID=85322423

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2022/108776 WO2023024823A1 (en) 2021-08-27 2022-07-29 Communication system, method and apparatus applied to electric tool, and electric tool

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN117837180A (en)
WO (1) WO2023024823A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20150091508A1 (en) * 2013-10-01 2015-04-02 Blackberry Limited Bi-directional communication with a device under charge
CN105498167A (en) * 2014-12-09 2016-04-20 山东汇祥健身器材有限公司 Rapid communication pairing method for electric sports equipment and mobile terminal
CN106580502A (en) * 2016-07-14 2017-04-26 舒可士(深圳)科技有限公司 Electric toothbrush having electronic tag and control method thereof
CN110712558A (en) * 2019-11-05 2020-01-21 北京华商三优新能源科技有限公司 Electric vehicle charging method, device and system
WO2020062344A1 (en) * 2018-09-30 2020-04-02 华为技术有限公司 Data transmission method and electronic device

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20150091508A1 (en) * 2013-10-01 2015-04-02 Blackberry Limited Bi-directional communication with a device under charge
CN105498167A (en) * 2014-12-09 2016-04-20 山东汇祥健身器材有限公司 Rapid communication pairing method for electric sports equipment and mobile terminal
CN106580502A (en) * 2016-07-14 2017-04-26 舒可士(深圳)科技有限公司 Electric toothbrush having electronic tag and control method thereof
WO2020062344A1 (en) * 2018-09-30 2020-04-02 华为技术有限公司 Data transmission method and electronic device
CN110712558A (en) * 2019-11-05 2020-01-21 北京华商三优新能源科技有限公司 Electric vehicle charging method, device and system

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN117837180A (en) 2024-04-05

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11626974B2 (en) System and method for securely configuring a new device with network credentials
US10721208B2 (en) System and method for automatic wireless network authentication in an internet of things (IOT) system
US10841874B2 (en) Embedded internet of things (IoT) hub for integration with an appliance and associated systems and methods
US10454152B2 (en) Modular antenna for integration with an internet of things (IoT) hub and associated systems and methods
US10248407B2 (en) Integrated development tool with preview functionality for an internet of things (IoT) system
US11330473B2 (en) System and method for flow control in an internet of things (IoT) system
US10223101B2 (en) Integrated development tool with preview functionality for an internet of things (IoT) system
US10776080B2 (en) Integrated development tool for an internet of things (IOT) system
CN108028770B (en) System, method and apparatus for configuring an embedded device
US20180048710A1 (en) Internet of things (iot) storage device, system and method
US20200169460A1 (en) System and method for pre-enrollment and network pre-configuration of internet of things (iot) devices
US10405150B2 (en) System and method for reducing wireless traffic when connecting an IoT hub to an IoT device
EP1850255B1 (en) System and method for managing multiple smart card sessions
US20200154448A1 (en) System and method for intelligent communication channel selection for an internet of things (iot) device
US11469957B2 (en) System and method for managing and configuring attributes of internet of things (IoT) devices
US11576040B2 (en) Simplified Wi-Fi and/or cloud enrollment for Wi-Fi devices
US10805344B2 (en) Apparatus and method for obscuring wireless communication patterns
WO2023024823A1 (en) Communication system, method and apparatus applied to electric tool, and electric tool
CN113726585B (en) Intelligent household equipment, equipment network access method and system
CN100596144C (en) Remote control interface communication method of micro domain radio network digital device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22860169

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1